Compact Cylinder Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø, ø, ø1, ø, ø, ø With a short overall length, the space-saving cylinder helps to make various jigs and equipment more compact. Series Variations Series ction Rod Standard stroke Page Standard Double acting Single rod CQ Double rod CQW 3 1 ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø to ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø to ø/ to 3 Single acting Spring return/ Spring extend CQ ø to ø/, ø/, 3 arge ore Size Double acting Single rod CQ Double rod CQW to to J ong Stroke Non-rotating Rod Double acting Double acting Single rod CQ Single rod CQK Double rod CQKW to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø3/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø3/ to 3 CQS CQ RQ CQ xial Piping (Centralized Piping Type) Double acting Single rod CQP ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø, ø/ to ø to ø/ to U Single acting Spring return/ Spring extend CQP ø to ø/, ø/, nti-lateral oad Double acting Single rod CQS ø to ø/ to ø to ø/ to 3 With nd ock Double acting Single rod CQ ø to ø3/ to ø, ø/ to 3 Water resistant Double Single rod ø, ø/ to acting ø, ø/ to CQ R V ø to ø/ to Smooth cylinder (ow friction) CQY Refer to est Pneumatics No. 3. ow-speed cylinder CQ Refer to est Pneumatics No. 3. D- Technical data
Combinations of Standard Products and ade Series CQ to Order Specifications Series CQ : Standard : ade to Order specifications : Special product (Contact SC for details.) : Not available Series ction/ Type Double acting Single rod CQ (Standard) Double rod Single acting Single rod/ Single rod/ Spring return Spring extend CQ (arge bore size) Double acting Single rod Double rod CQ (ong stroke) Double acting Single rod CQK (Not-rotating) Double acting Single rod Double rod Double acting Single rod CQP (xial piping) Single acting Single rod/ Single rod/ Spring return Spring extend CQS (nti-lateral load) Double acting Single rod CQ (nd lock) Double acting Single rod CQSY () CQ () Smooth cylinder (ow friction) ow-speed cylinder Double acting Single rod Double acting Single rod Symbol Standard D CQ CQ- CQ-C CQ-F CQF F CQ G CQD CQH -, - - R CQ V C C C C C C C Standard uilt-in magnet oth ends tapped With rubber bumper With boss in head side With one-touch fittings Foot/Flange style Double clevis shape ir-hydro type Clean series Copper and Fluorine-free Water resistant Specification Heat-resistant cylinder ( to 1 C) Cold-resistant cylinder ow-speed cylinder ( to mm/s) Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) ow-speed cylinder ( to mm/s) Cylinder with heat resistant auto switch With heavy duty scraper ade of stainless steel (Rod, retaining ring, rod end nut stainless steel) djustable stroke cylinder/djustable extension type djustable stroke cylinder/djustable retraction type Dual stroke cylinder/double rod type Dual stroke cylinder/single rod type Double clevis pins including copper pins and flat washer pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø3 ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø3 ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø () () () () ø to ø ø to ø3 ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø () () () (1) (1) () () () () () () () () (3) (3) (3) () () () () () () ø to ø () J CQS CQ RQ CQ C Double clevis pins and Double knuckle pins made of stainless steel (Stainless steel ) ø to ø U C3 C3 With coil scraper With boss on rod side Change of port position Dimensions same as Series CQ1 ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø () () () 3 dimension from the rod cover is the same as Series CQ1 ø to ø 3 Change of piston rod end of double rod cylinder ø to ø 1 3 Fluororubber seals Dimensions same as Series CQ1W ø to ø () () ong stroke of adjustable extension stroke cylinder (C) ø to ø () 33 3 1 ong stroke of adjustable retraction stroke cylinder (C) Intermediate stroke of double rod type ong stroke of dual stroke single rod With concave shape end boss on the cylinder tube head side ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø Note 1) Rubber bumper is a standard for ø with an auto switch. Note ) Rubber bumper is a standard. Note 3) ø to ø: ( ), for ø to ø only (up to ø for the single acting type) Note ) ø to ø: ( ), for ø to ø3 only Note ) ø: ( ) Note ) ø to ø: ( ), for ø to ø only () Note ) ø to ø: ( ), for ø to ø only Note ) Rod end lock: ( ), for head end lock only Note ) Head end lock: ( ), for rod end lock only () Note ) type with boss on rod side is a standard. Note ) ø to ø: ( ), for ø to ø only Note ) Refer to est Pneumatics No. 3 for smooth cylinder (low friction) and lowspeed cylinder. 1 D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø With auto switch With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Foot style mm mm mm mm mm F G D 3 CQ CDQ ounting style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting brackets are shipped together, (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQ on pages and. mm mm 3 mm mm mm uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQ-D Type Nil TN TF F How to Order Nil Pneumatic H ir-hydro (1) Note 1) s available for airhydro type are ø to ø. Port thread type thread ø to ø Rc NPT ø to ø G uilt-in One-touch fittings () Note ) s available w/ one-touch fittings are ø to ø3. esides, it is not possible to use for air-tydro type. Note 3) TF is not available for the air-hydro type. For the cylinders without an auto switch, threads are compatible only for ø with strokes. V V DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V,V V V V,V V V,V C V V V or less V or less D D pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W Nil F C W uto switch ody option Combination of body options ( C, FC, F, FC ) is available. Note ) ir-hydro type with rubber bumper is not available. ction D Double acting oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular In-line N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. None N (xample) JCN There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. Nil Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. Standard (Rod end female thread) With boss in head side () With rubber bumper Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke and anufacture of intermediate of Stroke, refer to page 3. ade to Order (Refer to page 3 for details.)
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Specifications(Pneumatic) 3 ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure mbient and fluid temperature Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa. Pa ubrication Piston speed Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s llowable kinetic Standard..3...1... energy J With rubber bumper.3..1.1...1 1. +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change. 1.3.1.. Symbol Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) ong stroke type, ir-hydro type only ow speed cylinder ( to mm/s) Cylinder with heat resistant auto switch ø to 3 only C C C C C Dual stroke cylinder/double rod type C Dual stroke cylinder/single rod type C Double clevis pins include copper pins and a flat washer. Double clevis pins and Double knuckle pins made C of stainless steel (Stainless steel ) C3 With coil scraper, ø to only C3 With boss in rod side C Fluoro rubber for seal/uilt-in hard plastic magnet, ø to only 3 1 3 1 JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod Specifications Change of rod end shape Heat resistant cylinder ( to 1 C) w/o auto switch only Cold resistant cylinder ( to C) w/o auto switch only ow speed cylinder ( to mm/s) With heavy duty scraper, ø to only Retaining ring, piston rod, rod end nut made of stainless steel djustable stroke cylinder/djustable extension type djustable stroke cylinder/djustable retraction type Same overall length dimension as Series CQ1, xcept ø, Same dimension from rod cover as Series CQ1, ø, only Change of port location, with auto switch ø to only Fluororubber seals JIS Symbol With boss in head side ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 3 to.) ong stroke of adjustable extension stroke cylinder (-C) ong stroke of adjustable retraction stroke cylinder (C) ong stroke of dual stroke single rod With concave shape end boss on the cylinder tube head side Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. Specifications(ir-hydro) ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure mbient and fluid temperature Piston speed Cushion Stroke length tolerance Note) Refer to ctuator/common Precautions () on page. anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Standard Stroke Pneumatic ir-hydro Description Part no. Description xample,,, to,,, 3,, using spacer with standard stroke., 1 to, 1 to to 3 Double acting, Single rod 1 to,, 1,,, Turbine oil 1. Pa 1. Pa to to mm/s None +1.mm,, 1,,,, 3,,, exclusive body with the stroke., to, to, to to to,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, Note).1 Pa.1 Pa Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. xclusive body (-) Refer to How to Order for the Suffix - to the end of standard standard model no. on page. Dealing with intermediate stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by Part No.: CQ-D 1 mm width spacer is installed in the standard CQ-D. dimension is. mm. model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval by using an Part no. CQ-D- akes stroke tube. dimension is. mm. ir-hydro type is excluded. In the case of spacer type, intermediate stroke with dumper for ø to ø, it can be manufactured by mm intervals in mm and to mm. In the case of an exclusive body with ø to ø (-) with the stroke length exceeding mm, the reference values of the longitudinal dimension will be changed. Calculate length dimensions by deducting from those of or mm stroke models. Regarding the long stroke which exceeds the stroke range, refer to page 1 for the long stroke type of either CQS or CQ. When stroke exceeds the standard range, refer to page. Standard stroke Standard stroke 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Type ounting racket Part No. ir-hydro Pneumatic Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type TN TF uilt-in One-touch fittings With rubber bumper With boss in head side Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type TN x. x. x. x. x. x. x. (1) Rc1/ x. (1) Rc1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ 3 Foot () CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- Flange CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F Double clevis CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 CQ-D CQ-D Note ) When ordering foot bracket, order pieces per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot, Flange: ody mounting bolt/double clevis: Clevis pin, Type C retaining ring for axis, body mounting bolt With boss in head side Note 1) For a ø cylinder without an auto switch, x. is used for -stroke piping dimension. Thus, do not enter a symbol for the port tread type. Note ) In the case of built-in fitting, the mm stroke with ø bore is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. Note 3) One-touch fittings cannot be replaced. Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. Caution ounting Series CQ compact cylinders are designed to create compact mechanical equipment and promote space saving. Thus, if it is used in the same manner as conventional cylinders such as tierod cylinders, it may degrade the performance. Pay sufficient attention to the operating conditions when using. (1) llowable lateral load ateral load that can apply to the piston rod end is limited. If a cylinder is used with a lateral load over the limit, it may cause air leakage due to abnormal friction of seals, galling of cylinder tubes and pistons, or abnormal friction of the bearing part. The lateral load applied to the piston must be within the allowable range indicated in this catalog. When the load exceeds the limit, use a double rod cylinder, install a guide, or change the bore size to suit the load in order to make the load within the allowable range. s a standard product, a lateral load resistant type that is resistant to approx. times more than the conventional compact CQ series is also available (pages 3 to 33). Caution ounting () Connection with workpiece When a workpiece is mounted on the piston rod end, connect them aligning the center of piston rod and workpiece. If they are off-center, lateral load is generated and phenomena mentioned in (1) may occur. In order not to apply the off-center load, use of a floating joint or simple joint is recommended. (3) Simultaneous use of multiple cylinders It is difficult to control the speed of pneumatic cylinders. The following conditions cause speed change: change in supply pressure, load, temperature and lubrication, performance difference of each cylinder, deterioration of each part over time, etc. speed controller can be used to control the speed of multiple cylinders simultaneously for a short period of time, but depending on conditions, it may not work as desired. If multiple cylinders cannot operate simultaneously, unreasonable force is applied to the piston rod because cylinder positions may not be the same. This may cause abnormal friction of seals and bearings, and galling of cylinder tubes and pistons. Do not use an application to operate several cylinders simultaneously by adjusting cylinder speed. If this is inevitable, use a high rigid guide against load, so that the cylinder is not damaged even when the each cylinder output is slightly different.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQ llowable Kinetic nergy Table (1) oad ass and Piston Speed. Table () ass of Cylinder ovable Parts/Without uilt-in agnet 3 1 1 1 1 33 1 1 3 1 1 3 Cylinder stroke 1 1 Table (3) ass of Cylinder ovable Parts/With uilt-in agnet 3 Table () 1 31 1 33 1 Rod end male thread 1 3 3 3 1 3 Thread Nut With rubber bumper 3 1 3 1. 1 1 31 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 Cylinder stroke 1 3 1 3 3 Standard..3. llowable kinetic energy: a With rubber bumper.3..1 llowable kinetic energy: b..1 3 3 1 3.1. 3 1 31 Calculation: (xample) CDQ-DC Cylinder mass: CDQ-D 1 g Option mass: 3 g With rubber bumper 3 g 1 g 1 3.. Kinetic energy (J)= (m1+m)v m1: Weight of cylinder operating part kg m: oad mass kg V : Piston speed m/s 3 1..1 3 1 3 1 1 33 3 3 3. 1. 1 3 3 3 3 1 1.3.1 1 1 33 1 1 1 3 3 31.. (g) 31 3 3 3 [J] (g) 3 (g) 1 1 llowable ateral oad at Rod nd Without uto Switch llowable lateral load for rod end (N).. 3.. 1. With uto Switch llowable lateral load for rod end (N) ø ø ø ø... 3.. ø ø ø ø 1. W ø ø ø3 ø Cylinder stroke llowable lateral load for rod end (Single rod, without switch) Cylinder stroke llowable lateral load for rod end (Single rod, with switch) ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø ø If an allowable lateral load at rod end is exceeding the value in the graph, we recommend anti-lateral load type cylinder be used. (ounting orientation: Horizontal) J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Theoretical Output 3 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT.3 3 1 1 1 31 3 1 3 1 1 Operating pressure (Pa). 1 1 1 3. 1 3 3 3 1 31 3 ounting olt for CQ/Without uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated ounting bolt (N) ass 3 3 1 3 1 3 3 dditional ass oth ends tapped style Rod end male thread Thread Nut With boss in head side With rubber bumper uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Rear flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, snap ring, bolt) 1 1 1 1. 1. Cylinder stroke 1 13 1 1 3 1.3 3 1 1 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 Calculation: (xample) CQD-DC Cylinder mass: CQ-D 13 g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g 3 g With rubber bumper 3 g Double clevis style g g 1 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 33 3 33 1 31 3 1 3 1 1 3 1 1 1 31 1 1 (g) 1 1 3 (g) 1 1 1 Cylinder model CQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D CQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D CQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D C... D 3 3 3 3 ounting bolt size 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x Cylinder model CQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQ-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D C.. D 3 1 3 1 ounting bolt size x x 3 x x x x x x x x x 1 x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x Cylinder model CQ3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQ-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQ-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D C. 1 1. D 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x 1 x
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQ Construction i o! q!3 t! ryq!w With rubber bumper With boss in head side!1 u asic style uilt-in One-touch fittings J Component Parts No. 1 3 Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Description Rod end nut umper aterial Note luminum alloy Hard anodized luminum alloy Chromated Stainless steel ø to ø Carbon steel ø to ø, Hard chrome plated luminum alloy ø to ø, nodized luminum alloy casted ø to ø, Chromated, painted Carbon tool steel Phosphate coated earing alloy For ø or larger only Carbon steel Nickel plated Urethane No. Description umper Centering location ring One-touch fitting Piston seal Rod seal Gasket aterial Urethane luminum alloy NR NR NR Note Hard anodized ø to ø ø to ø3 CQS CQ RQ CQ U Replacement Parts/ Seal Kit (Pneumatic) 3 Kit no. CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ3-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS Contents Set of nos. above!,!3,!. Seal kit includes!!3!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Replacement Parts/ Seal Kit (ir-hydro) 3 Kit no. CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH3-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS Contents Set of nos. above!,!3,!. Seal kit includes!!3!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) D- Technical data
Series CQ Clean Series CQ Stroke D () Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQ Stroke D (C)() Clean Series Relief type Vacuum type ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø Copper and fluorine-free series ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø The type which is applicable for using inside the clean room graded Class by making an actuator s rod section a double seal construction and discharging by relief port directly to the outside of clean room. To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Cushion Piston speed ounting Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa None Note) to mm/s to mm/s Through-hole Note) ø with switch: With rubber bumper (Standard) For details, refer to the separate catalog, Pneumatic Clean Series. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Cushion Piston speed ounting Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa None, Rubber bumper to mm/s Through-hole, oth ends tapped style Construction Series -CQ (Double seal type) Series -CQ (Single seal, Vacuum suction) Water Resistant Refer to pages to for details. CDQ ounting R Stroke D Option F -C Relief port ushing Rod seal Vacuum port (Vacuum suction) ushing Rod seal With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) Water resistant -color indication solid state switch Water resistant cylinder R V NR seals (Nitrile rubber) FK seals (Fluororubber) ade to Order specifications Ideal for use under the atmosphere having coolant for machine tools, etc. Compatible for the environment, where waterdrops are splashed around the food processing machinery and the car washers, etc. relief port is provided in the area between the double rod seals to discharge the exhaust air outside of the clean room. Thus, the amount of dust generated has been reduced to 1/ of that of an ordinary cylinder. Structurally identical to the - series, the outer rod seal has been removed to evacuate through the vacuum port. This draws out any external air from the clearance between the rod and the cover to practically eliminate the generation of external dust. This should be used in an application that requires an even higher level of cleanliness than the - series. Specifications ction Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø Cushion None ade to order Snap ring/piston rod/rod end nut material: Stainless steel (-C) Specifications other than above are the same as standard, basic style.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQ Smooth cylinder ow-speed cylinder CQ Y ounting bracket Stroke D(C)() CQ ounting bracket Stroke D(C)() Smooth cylinder ow-speed cylinder Smooth operation with minimal sticking and slipping at low speeds. Dual-side low friction operation is possible. Smooth operation with minimal sticking and slipping at low speeds. Starts smoothly with minimal ejection even after being rendered for hours. Specifications Specifications 3 3 odel Pneumatic (Non-lube) type odel Pneumatic (Non-lube) type Fluid ir Fluid ir Proof pressure 1. Pa Proof pressure 1. Pa aximum operating pressure. Pa aximum operating pressure 1. Pa mbient and fluid temperature mbient and fluid temperature J Cushion Rod end thread Rubber bumper (Standard) Female thread Rubber bumper Rod end thread None Female thread Stroke length tolerance ounting +1. Through-hole Stroke length tolerance ounting +1. Through-hole CQS Piston speed llowable leakage to mm/s.l/min (NR) or less Piston speed. to mm/s Note 1) In the case of without auto switch, x. is used for stroke only. CQ RQ inimum Operating Pressure 3 inimum operating pressure (Pa). Refer to est Pneumatics No. 3 for details..1 inimum Operating Pressure 3 inimum operating pressure (Pa). Refer to est Pneumatics No. 3 for details..1 CQ U D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single rod Series CDQ With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. P. 3 to 1 P. to ass (g) dditional ass (g) 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 31 3 Cylinder stroke 1 1 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 31 33 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 33 3 3 3 3 1 3 oth ends tapped style Rod end male thread ale thread Nut With boss in head side With rubber bumper uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Rear flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) 1 1. 1. 1 3 1.3 1 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 33 3 33 3 1 3 1 1 3 31 1 1 1 1 1 Calculation: (xample) CDQD-DC Cylinder mass: CDQ-D Option mass: oth ends tapped style With rubber bumper Double clevis style g g 3 g 3 g g g dd each mass of auto switches and mounting brackets. uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. pplicable bore ass (g) Q-1 ø to ø 1. Q- ø to ø 1. Q- ø to ø For the auto switch mass, refer to page 3 to 1.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQ Construction Replacement Parts/Seal Kit Pneumatic 3 eotr! yquiw Kit no. CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ3-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS Contents Set of nos. above i, o,!. Seal kits includes i o!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) ounting olt for CDQ/With uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs. Cylinder model CDQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D CDQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D CDQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CDQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D C... D 3 ounting bolt size 3 x 3 x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Cylinder model CDQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQ-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQ-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing agnet Piston seal Rod seal Gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy NR NR NR Replacement Parts/Seal Kit ir-hydro 3 Kit no. CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH3-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, Chromated, painted Phosphate coated For ø or larger only Contents Set of nos. above i, o,!. Seal kits includes i o!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated C.. D 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x Cylinder model CDQ3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQ-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQ-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D ounting bolt C. 1 1. D 1 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x 1 x x 1 x J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/ Without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQ oth ends tapped style: CQ O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore Q F øi x x. (Port size) Z ød K + Stroke + Stroke With boss in head side G øth With oss in Head Side G 1. 1. 1 1 Th.3..3.3 Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. Width across flats 1 asic Style to to to to.. 1 1. 1.. Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. C D 3 F... H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K 3. 3.. 1.. N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Q. Z For calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes, refer to page 3.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ Z H Y x ød Y T + Stroke + Stroke Special cap bolt Y G S + Stroke Foot Style to to to to 3.3 1. 1. 1...... 1.. D G H S T Y Z.. 1 3. 1..... 1. 3 3. 33.. 3.... 3... Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod side flange style: CQF F FZ FV x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke Rod Side Flange Style to to to to. 3 3. 1 1. 1.. FD.... FT.. FV 3 F FZ... 1... Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J Head side flange style: CQG + Stroke + Stroke FT F FZ FV x øfd Head Side Flange Style to to to to. 3. 3. 3.. 1. 1.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange ( ) style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR C CZ øc +. +..1.3 Double Clevis Style to to to to. 3 1. C CD C CT CW C CZ 1 1. 1.. 3. 3. 1 1. 3. 3.. 1. 1.. N x. x. x 1. x 1. RR Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/ With uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CDQ oth ends tapped style: CDQ R R O1 thread oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius S ød U V K x øn through x øo counterbore Q + Stroke + Stroke F x x. (Port size) With boss in head side øth With oss in Head Side G 1. 1. 1 1 Th.3..3.3 Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) G Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. Width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. asic Style to to to to 31. 3 3 3.. 31.. C D 3 F.... H 3 x. x. x. x 1. K 3. 3.. 3 N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Q. S 3... U. 3... V 3 Note ) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note 3) For calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes, refer to page 3.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CDQ Z H Y x ød + Stroke Y T + Stroke Y Special cap bolt G S + Stroke Foot Style to to to to.3 3. 31...... 1.. D G H S T Y Z... 1...... 1 1. 3 3. 33. 1. 3... 1. 3... Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod side flange style: CDQF FV x øfd F FZ FT + Stroke + Stroke Rod Side Flange Style to to to to 1... 31. FD... FT.. FV 3 F FZ.. 1. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated..... J Head side flange style: CDQG + Stroke + Stroke FT FZ F FV x øfd Head Side Flange Style to to to to 3 3.. 3. 3.. 1. 1.. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange ( ) style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CDQD CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR CZ.1.3 +. +. C øc Double Clevis Style to to to to 1. 3. C CD C CT CW C CZ. 31.... 1 1. 3. 3.. 1. 1.. N x. x. x 1. x 1. RR Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 1 D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø asic style (Through-hole): CQ/CDQ H thread effective depth C øi oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ O1 thread inimum lead wire bending radius x øn through x øo counterbore Q x P (Rc,NPT,G) (Port size) R R uto switch F oth nds Tapped Style O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R Z ød K W J With boss in head side + Stroke + Stroke øth With oss in Head Side 1 3 Th... Note 1) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1.... 33. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø to ø W1 V øz1 x P1 (Piping tube O.D.) uilt-in One-touch Fittings Z1 P1 V 3.. W1 asic Style N. For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. to, to, to, O depth 3.. 3.. S. Without auto switch 3 F. P x. Q. 33. 3... U 31... W. Z 1/ 1/ 1/.... With auto switch F P 33 3.... Rc1/ Rc1/ Rc1/ Q.. C 1 D H x 1. x 1. x 1. I J. K 1 Note ) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note 3) For calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes, refer to page 3. ecause we have the spacer-installed type and the exclusive body type (-). 3. depth 3. depth 1 1 1
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Z H Y + Stroke x ød Y Y G S + Stroke T + Stroke Special cap bolt Foot Style to, to, to, Z 1.... Y Without auto switch With auto switch S S. 3. 33 1. 33 1 3... 3. 3. 3. 3. 3........ 1. 3. 1. 1 1 1 3.. 3.. 3. D G H T Y 33 3 3. 3. 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF F FZ FV x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke Rod Side Flange Style to, to, to, Without auto switch With 3 33..... 3..... auto switch FD FT FV F FZ 33 3..... 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3 Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG + Stroke + Stroke FT FV F FZ x øfd Head Side Flange Style to, to, to, Without auto switch 3.... With auto switch.... 33. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as ( ) rod side flange style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR CZ.1.3 C +. +. Double Clevis Style to, to, to, N x 1. x 1. x 1. RR Without auto switch With auto switch CD CT CW C CZ C.... 3 33. 3... C.... 33. 3..... 1 1 3 3.. 33. Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 1 D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø3 to ø asic style (Through-hole) H thread effective depth C øi oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ O1 thread inimum lead wire bending radius x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc,NPT,G) Q (Port size) R R uto switch F oth nds Tapped Style 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 Z ød K W J With boss in head side + Stroke + Stroke øth With oss in Head Side Th 3 3. 3.. Note 1) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø3 to ø V Width across flats 1 øz1 x P1 (Piping tube O.D.) Rod nd ale Thread 3 3 1 1 Z1.. P1 V. 33. 3. 3. uilt-in One-touch Fittings W1 1 x 1. x 1. x 1.. 3. 3. W1 asic Style For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. 3 to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 3. 3. 3 3. 3. 3 3 3. 3. 3 C 1 1 D F.. H x 1. x. x. I 3 1 J. K 1 N O depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. P 1/ 3/ 3/ Q 1 3 S 3 1. 1. 3 U. W Z 1 Note ) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note 3) For calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes, refer to page 3. ecause we have the spacer-installed type and the exclusive body type (-)... 3. 1
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ + Stroke Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG H Y Special cap bolt FV Z x ød Y T + Stroke Y G S + Stroke + Stroke + Stroke FT F FZ x øfd Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d FV F FZ Foot Style 3 3 x øfd to, to, to, Rod Side Flange Style 3 to, to, to, to, to, to, FT + Stroke + Stroke Without auto switch With auto switch S S 3. 3.. 3. 3 1 3.. 3. 3. 3 3. Y Z Y 1. 1. 1 1 1. 3. 1 3. 3. 3. D G H T Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT FV F FZ 3 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3 3 3 1 1 3. 3.. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 1 3. 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke Head Side Flange Style 3 to, to, to, Double Clevis Style 3 3 to, to, to, to, to, to, RR Without auto switch With auto switch 3 3 3... 33. 3. 3. CZ.1.3 C +. +. Without auto switch With auto switch C C CD CT CW C.. 3 3. 3. 1. 1. 1 3 1 3. 3. 3 1. 1 31 3 CZ 33. N x 1. RR 3. x 1. 1 3. x 1. ( ) Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange style. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ ccessory racket For I-G, I-Z1 I-G, I-G3 Single Knuckle Joint For I-G, I-G I-G, I-G For Y-G, Y-Z1 Y-G, Y-G3 Double Knuckle Joint For Y-G, Y-G Y-G, Y-G ø ø ønd hole H xis d ønd hole H xis d aterial: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Part no. I-G I-Z1 I-G I-G3 I-G I-G I-G I-G pplicable bore size,,3 1. 3 1 1 1.. 1 1 1 1 ø ø ø3 ø aterial: Cast iron Surface treatment: Nickel plated x. x 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R R1.3.1.3. 1 U1. 31 NDH 1 +. +. +. +. +. +. +. +. N. 1...1.3.....3..3..3..3. aterial: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Part no. Y-G Y-Z1 Y-G Y-G3 Y-G Y-G Y-G Y-G pplicable bore size,,3 1. 3 1 1 1.. 3 1 ø ø ø3 ø 1 x. x 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. aterial: Cast iron Surface treatment: Nickel plated R R1.3.1.3. 1 Knuckle pin and retaining ring are included. U1. 31 ND H 1 +. +. +. +. +. +. +. +. N. 1 +. +. +. + +. +. +. +. +. +.3 +. +.3 +. +.3 +. +.3 NZ 3.. 1. 1.. pplicable pin part no. IY-G IY-J1 IY-G IY-G3 IY-G IY-G IY-G IY-G Knuckle Pin (Common with double clevis pin) Rod nd Nut ø ø l aterial: Carbon steel aterial: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated pplicable Part no. bore size Dd d IY-G IY-J1 IY-G IY-G3 IY-G IY-G IY-G IY-G,,3............3. 1.3.... 1. 1........ 1 1 Type C retaining rings for axis are included. l.... 3.... m 1. 1. 1. 1. 1.... t... 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 pplicable snap ring Type C for axis Type C for axis Type C for axis Type C for axis Type C for axis Type C for axis Type C 1 for axis Type C for axis Part no. NTJ-1 NT-1 NT- NT-3 NT- NT- NT- NT- pplicable bore size,,3 d x. x 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. H 1 1 C.. 1. 1.. 31. 3..3
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Simple Joint: ø to ø Type ounting racket U T1 x ød Joint and ounting racket (Type, Type ) Part No. T V W F Joint Y 3 ounting bracket Y Y YU Type mounting bracket Type mounting bracket Joint llowable ccentricity ccentricity tolerance acklash,, 3 ød1 pplicable air cylinder bore 3 For ø, ø For ø, ø3 ø ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø Joint part no. YU-3 YU- YU- YU- K (Width across flats ø) ± 1 ± 1. ±. pplicable mounting bracket Type mounting bracket Type mounting bracket Y-3 Y- Y- Y- H (With locking) ød <Ordering> Joints are not included with the or type mounting brackets. Order them separately. (xample) ø Part no. Type mounting bracket part no. Y-3 Joint YU-3 Joint and ounting racket (Type, Type ) Part No. Y-3 Y- Y- Y- Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y- Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y-,, 3,, 3 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel (Nickel plated) 1 31 U D. V 1 3 W 3 Type ounting racket V Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- T T1,, 3 Joint D 3 F ass (g) J 1 3 x ød through x øo counterbore 3 J T1.... RS T 1 aterial: Stainless steel øo W. depth.. depth. 1 depth J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Part no. YU-3 YU- YU- YU- pplicable bore size,, 3 UT U U C d1 d H K UT ass (g) 1 1 C aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel (Nickel plated) 1. 1... 1 3 x 1. x 1. x x. Y- Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y-,, 3 1 T1.... 1 T 1 V 1 3 W 1 depth RS ass (g) 1 1 D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø With auto switch Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style F CQW D CDQW D W Foot style Flange style ounting brackets are shipped together, (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQ on pages and. pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Reed switch Solid state switch mm mm mm mm mm Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) 3 Type Special function lectrical entry Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Type Nil Pneumatic H ir-hydro (1) Note 1) s available for airhydro type are ø to ø. mm mm 3 mm mm mm uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQW-D Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Nil TN TF Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire thread Rc NPT G V V (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN How to Order Port thread type DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V,V V V V,V V V,V ø to ø ø to ø F uilt-in One-touch fittings () Note ) s available w/ One-touch fittings are ø to ø3. esides, it is not possible to use for air-tydro type. Note 3) TF is not available for the air-hydro type. For the cylinders without an auto switch, threads are compatible only for ø with strokes. C V V V or less V or less NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3 Nil C oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular In-line Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. ody option. (Nil) Standard (Rod end female thread) With rubber bumper () Combination of body options ( C ) is available. Note ) ir-hydro type with rubber bumper is not available. ction D Double acting Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke, refer to page. 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector ade to Order (Refer to page for details.) pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQW Specifications(Pneumatic) 3 ction Double acting, Double rod Fluid ir Proof pressure 1. Pa aximum operating pressure 1. Pa inimum operating pressure. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Piston speed Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s JIS Symbol Double acting, double rod llowable kinetic energy J Without cushion Rubber umper..3.3.....1.1... +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change...1. 1. 1.3.1.. Symbol Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) ow speed cylinder ( to mm/s) C C C3 With coil scraper, ø to only C3 With boss in rod side 3 Same full length dimension as Series CQ1W 3 ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 3 to.) 1 Fluororubber seals Specifications Change of rod end shape Heat resistant cylinder ( to 1 ) w/o auto switch only Heat resistant cylinder ( to ) w/o auto switch only ow speed cylinder ( to mm/s) With heavy duty scraper, ø to only Retaining ring, piston rod, rod end nut made of stainless steel Change of port location With auto switch, ø to ø only Change of piston rod end of double rod cylinder 33 Intermediate stroke of double rod type Specifications(ir-hydro) ction Fluid Proof pressure,,,, 3, aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure mbient and fluid temperature Piston speed Cushion Stroke length tolerance Note) Refer to ctuator/common Precautions () on page. Standard Stroke Pneumatic (Non-lube) Standard stroke,, 1,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 3 mm Double acting, Double rod,,, 3, Turbine oil 1. Pa 1. Pa.1 Pa.1 Pa ir-hydro to to mm/s None +1.mm Note) Standard stroke,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, mm Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Description Part no. Description xample Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body ( mm). How to Order for the standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. to to Spacer is installed in the standard stroke (1 mm). Suffix -33 (P.1) to the end of standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder.,,, to to to to to Part no.: CQW-D Part no.: CQW-D-33 CQW-D with CQW-D with mm spacer inside. 3 mm spacer inside. dimension is. mm. dimension is. mm. xclusive body (-) Suffix - to the end of standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval by using an exclusive body with the specified stroke.,,, to to to to to Part no.: CQW-D- akes stroke tube. dimension is. mm. ir-hydro type is excluded. In the case of spacer type, intermediate stroke with bumper for bore to, -33 is not available. In the case of special body type for ø to ø (-) with the stroke length exceeding mm, standard value for longitudinal dimensions will be changed. Subtract from and stroke dimensions and figure it out.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Type Pneumatic ir-hydro Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Screw-in type Piping TN TF With rubber bumper Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type uilt-in One-touch fittings TN x. x. x. x. x. x. (1) x. Rc1/ (3) () (1) x. Rc1/ Note 1) For a ø cylinder without an auto switch, x. is used for -stroke piping dimension. Thus, do not enter a symbol for the port tread type. Note ) In the case of built-in fitting, the mm stroke with ø bore is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. Note 3) One-touch fittings cannot be replaced. Precautions Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ llowable ateral oad at Rod nd ounting racket Part No. 3 Foot (1) CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- Flange CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F Note 1) Order two foot brackets per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot or Flange style: ody mounting bolt e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. llowable lateral load for rod end (N).. 3.. ø ø ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø ø 1. Cylinder stroke llowable lateral load for rod end (Double rod, without switch) J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Warning ounting Do not apply reverse torque to the piston rods sticking out from both sides of this cylinder at the same time. The torque makes connection threads inside loosen, which may cause an accident or malfunction. Install or remove loads while the piston rod width across flats is secured. Do not fix the other side of the piston rod width across flats and apply reverse torque. llowable lateral load for rod end (N).. 3.. ø ø ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø ø D- 1. Cylinder stroke llowable lateral load for rod end (Double rod, with switch) Technical data
Series CQW Theoretical Output 3.3 1 1 31 1 1 Operating pressure (Pa). 1. 3 1 31 (N) ass ounting olt for CQW/Without uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQW is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs. aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 dditional ass oth ends tapped style Rod end male thread ale thread Nut With rubber bumper uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style (Including mounting bolt) 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 Cylinder stroke Flange style (Including mounting bolt) 1 33 Calculation: (xample) CQWF-DC Cylinder mass: CQW-D g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g g With rubber bumper 3 g Flange style g ounting bolt 3 g 1 3 3 3 1 3 31 1 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 333 33 3 3 (g) 1 3 3 (g) 3 1 Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CQW-D -D -1D -D -D -D CQW-D -D -1D -D -D -D CQW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CQW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D.3. 3 3 3 3 3 x 3 x x x x x 3 x 3 x x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x CQW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQW-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D.. 3 1 1 1 x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 CQW3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQW-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQW-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D.. 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x 1
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Construction asic style!1 y!3 ueq! w! tr With rubber bumper o o uilt-in One-touch fittings! Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Rod end nut umper One-touch fittings Rod seal Piston seal Tube gasket Piston gasket 3 aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy Carbon steel Urethane NR NR NR NR Replacement Part/Seal Kit (Pneumatic) CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW3-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, Chromated, painted Phosphate coated For ø or larger only Nickel plated ø to ø3 Kit no. Contents Set of nos. above!1,!,!3 Seal kit includes!1,!,!3. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) 3 i Replacement Part: Seal Kit (ir-hydro) Kit no. Contents CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH3-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS Seal kit includes!1,!,!3. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) i Set of nos. above!1,!,!3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQW Stroke D (C) () Copper and fluorine-free series ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Double acting, Double rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa None Screw-in piping to mm/s Through-hole ountable D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CDQW With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications P. 3 to 1 Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting P. to Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. ass 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 33 1 Construction 1 1 1 1 33 31 3 3 3 Cylinder stroke 1 3 3 33 3 1 3 3 31 1 1 1 1 1 1 31 3 1 333 33 3 1 1 33 1 3 (g) 3 3 31 dditional ass oth ends tapped style Rod end ale thread male thread Nut With rubber bumper uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style (Including mounting bolt) 1 3 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 1 Flange style (Including mounting bolt) 1 33 Calculation: If auto switches are to be installed, the mass that corresponds to the number (xample) CDQWF-DC of auto switches and mounting Cylinder mass: CDQW-D 31 g brackets to be used must be added. Option mass: oth ends tapped style g g Switch ounting racket ass With rubber bumper 3 g ounting bracket part no. pplicable bore ass (g) Rod side flange style g Q-1 ø, ø 1. g Q- ø to ø 1. Q- ø to ø For the auto switch mass, refer to page 3 to 1. eoy!1 uqi! wt! r Replacement Parts: Seal Kit (Pneumatic) Kit no. Contents 3 CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW3-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS Set of nos. above o,!,!1 Seal kit includes o,!,!1. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Component Parts No. q w e r t y u i o!!1! Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing agnet Rod seal Piston seal Tube gasket Piston gasket 3 aterial Note luminum alloy Hard anodized luminum alloy Chromated Stainless steel ø to ø Carbon steel ø to ø, Hard chrome plated Stainless steel ø to ø Carbon steel ø to ø, Hard chrome plated luminum alloy ø to ø, nodized luminum alloy casted ø to ø, Chromated, painted Carbon tool steel Phosphate coated earing alloy For ø or larger only NR NR NR NR Replacement Parts: Seal Kit (ir-hydro) Kit no. Contents CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS CQWH3-PS CQWH-PS CQWH-PS Set of nos. above o,!,!1 Seal kit includes o,!,!1. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g)
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW ounting olt for CDQ/With uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQW is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. ounting bolt aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Cylinder model CDQW-DC -DC C D ounting bolt size 3 x x Cylinder model CDQW-D -D C D ounting bolt size x x Cylinder model CDQW3-D -1D C D ounting bolt size x x -1DC x -1D x -D x.1 -DC x -D x -D x -DC x -D x -D x -DC x -D. x -3D. x CDQW-D 3 x -3D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -1D x -D x -D x. -D x -D x -D x -D -D CDQW-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x -D -D CDQW-D -D -1D -D 1 x x 1 x x x x -D CDQW-D -1D -D -D -D 1 x 1 x x x x x -D x -D x -3D. x -D x -D x -D x -3D x -3D x -D x -D -D -D CDQW-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x x -D -D -D -D -D CDQW-D -1D 1 x x x x x 1 x x -D -D -D CDQW-D -1D -D -D 1 x 1 x x x x x x -D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -3D x -3D -D -D -D x x x x -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D. 1 x x x x x x x 1 -D -D -D -D -D 1 1 x 1 x x x x 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQW Dimensions ø to ø/ Without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQW oth ends tapped style: CQW O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) x øn through x øo counterbore Q Q x x. (Port size) øi Width across flats K Z ød ød K + Stroke + (Stroke) + Stroke Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. x Width across flats 1 Width across flats 1 1 + (Stroke) + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread 1 3. 3 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. asic Style to to to to. 33 3 3. C D 3 H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K 3. 3.. 1.. N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Q. Z Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Foot style: CQW Special cap bolt + Stroke + Stroke Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. H Y Z x ød Y T Y + (Stroke) G S + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread 1 3. 3... + Stroke 1 + (Stroke) Foot Style to to to to Flange style: CQWF. 3.... 1 D.... G.. H 1 1 S. T 3. 3. 3 3 Y. 33. Z.. Y... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. CQ FV U F FZ x øfd FT + Stroke + (Stroke) + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread 1 3 3. 3... 1. 1.. 3 + Stroke 1 + (Stroke) Flange Style FD FT FV F FZ D- to to to to. 3 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page........ 3... 1 3. 3.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 31 Technical data
Series CQW Dimensions ø to ø/ With uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CDQW O1 thread oth ends tapped style: CDQW R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover). uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. U Width across flats K S ød ød x øn through x øo counterbore V K Q + Stroke + (Stroke) x x. (Port size) + Stroke x Width across flats 1 Width across flats 1 1 + (Stroke) + Stroke For auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. Rod nd ale Thread 1. 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. asic Style to to to to 3. 3. 3 3 3 C D 3 H 3 x. x. x. x 1. Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. K 3. 3.. 3 N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Q.. S 3... U. 3... V 3
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Foot style: CDQW Special cap bolt + Stroke + Stroke Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. H Y Z Foot Style FV to to to to x øfd F FZ x ød Flange style: CDQWF. 3. 3 3 3... 1 D.... G.. FT Y T Y S + Stroke + (Stroke) H 1 1 1 + (Stroke) S. + Stroke T 3. 3. + (Stroke) 3 3 G + Stroke Y. 33. Z.. + Stroke Y... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod nd ale Thread 1.... Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Rod nd ale Thread 3 1 + (Stroke) + Stroke 1. 3... 1. 1.. Flange Style to to to to. 3. 3 3 3 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. FD.... FT.. FV 3 F FZ... 1 3. 3.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 33 D- Technical data
Series CQW Dimensions ø to ø/ With uto Switch (In the case of without auto switches,, and P dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension table.) asic style (Through-hole): CQW/CDQW oth ends tapped style: CQW/CDQW O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R øi x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) inimum lead wire bending radius uto switch Q Q Width across flats K Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. Z ød ød K W J x Width across flats 1 + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) + Stroke Width across flats 1 uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø to ø + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread to, to, to, 1 Without auto switch...... 1.. 33. With auto switch 1.. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. V x P1 (Piping tube O.D.) W1 øz1 uilt-in One-touch Fittings Without auto switch V 3 W1. With auto switch V 3.. W1. Z1 P1 For auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. asic Style to, to, to,.... Without auto switch.... P 1/ 1/ 1/.. With auto switch.. P 1/ 1/ 1/ C 1 D H x 1. x 1. x 1. I J. K 1 3 N.. O depth depth Q.. depth S. U 31. 3 1 W. 1 Z 1 Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. 3
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Foot style: CQW/CDQW + Stroke + Stroke Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. H Y Z x ød Special cap bolt Y T Y + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) G + Stroke S + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 1.... 1.. 3. 3. 3. Foot Style to, to, 1 1. FV S S.. 33 3 Without auto switch 3. 3... Flange style: CQWF/CDQWF.. 3... With auto switch.. 3 to.. 1.,...... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: D G H T Y Z Y Nickel plated 1. 3. 1.. Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U F FZ x øfd 3 FT + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) + Stroke + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 1.... 1.. 3 3. 3. 3... 33. Flange Style to, to, to, Without auto switch.......... With auto switch.. FD FT FV F FZ... 1 1 1 3 Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 3 D- Technical data
Series CQW Dimensions ø3 to ø/ With uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQW/CDQW O1 thread oth ends tapped style: CQW/CDQW R R (In the case of without auto switches,, and P dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension table.) 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q inimum lead wire bending radius uto switch Q øi Width across flats K Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. Z ød ød K W J x Width across flats 1 + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) + Stroke Width across flats 1 + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread 3 to, to, to, 1 Without auto switch 1. 1. With auto switch 1 1. uilt-in One-touch fittings V øz1 x P1 (Piping tube O.D.) 3 1.. 3 33. 3. 3. Z1 P1 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. uilt-in One-touch Fittings V. W1. 3. 3. W1 For auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. In the case of built-in One-touch fitting, the mm stroke with ø bore is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. asic Style 3 3 to, to, to, 1 1.. x. x. 1 1.. 1. 1. C D H I J K 1 x 1. 3 1 1 Without auto switch With auto switch 1. N O depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are same as standard type as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. P 1/ 3/ 3/ Q 1. 1 S 3 1. 1. U... W 3. Z 1 3
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Foot style: CQW/CDQW + Stroke + Stroke Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. H Y Z x ød Special cap bolt Y T Y G S + Stroke + (Stroke) + Stroke 1 + (Stroke) Rod nd ale Thread 3 to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 1 1. 1. 1 1. 3. 3. 3. Foot Style 3 3 to, to, to, D G H T Y Z Y 1 Flange style: CQWF/CDQWF FV S S 1 1. 1. 1 Without auto switch 3.. 1 1.. 1. 1 1 31. 3. 1 1. 1. 3 1 1.. With auto switch 1. 31 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Note) The positions of left and right width across flats are not constant. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U F FZ Flange Style 3 to, to, to, x øfd 3 Without auto switch FT + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) 1 1.. 1 1.. With auto switch 1. 1. + Stroke + Stroke 1 Rod nd ale Thread 3 to, to, to, FD FT FV F FZ 1 Without auto switch With auto switch 1 1 1.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 1 1. 3 3. 3. 3. 33. 3. 3. 3 D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø How to Order With auto switch mm mm mm mm mm mm mm CQ CDQ With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style F G D Rod side flange style Head side flange style Nil TN TF F Port thread type thread ø to ø Rc NPT ø to ø G uilt-in One-touch fittings Note) V DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V,V S T S S ction Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Reed switch Solid state switch Foot style Double clevis style ounting brackets are shipped together, (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQ on pages and. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQ-S Type Special function lectrical entry Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Note) s available w/ One-touch fittings are ø to ø. For the cylinders without an auto switch, threads are compatible only for ø with strokes. Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire V (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ V V V,V V V,V W Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil F Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke and anufacture of intermediate of Stroke, refer to page. C V V V or less V or less NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W N P NW PW W N P FF H 3 Nil Without auto switch ade to Order (Refer to page for details.) Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. ody option Standard With boss in head side Combination of body option ( F ) is available. oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular In-line. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. None N (xample) JCN There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. Relay, PC Relay, PC 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure pa Single acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa...1.1.1.1. mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy J Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s..3...1. +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change.. JIS Symbol Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend Standard Stroke,,,, Standard stroke,, anufacture of Intermediate Stroke (Single acting, Spring return type is excluded.) Description Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Part no. Description Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. Stroke range to 1 to 1 to 1 ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 3 to.) xample Part no.: CQ-3T CQ-T with mm width spacer inside. dimension is. mm. Symbol C C Double clevis pins include copper pins and a flat washer. C C3 With boss in rod side Change of port location, ø, to only Same overall length dimension as Series CQ1, xcept ø,, 3 Same dimension from rod cover as Series CQ1, ø, only 1 1 Specifications Change of rod end shape spring retun type only Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) spring retun type only Retaining ring, piston rod, rod end nut made of stainless steel Double clevis pins and Double knuckle pins made of stainless steel (Stainless steel ) Fluororubber seals With concave shape end boss on the cylinder tube head side Type Pneumatic ounting uilt-in magnet Piping Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Screw-in type With boss in head side TN TF uilt-in One-touch fittings () NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ G 1/ G 1/ ø/ ø/ Note 1) For a ø cylinder without an auto switch, x. is used for -stroke piping dimension. Thus, do not enter a symbol for the port tread type. Note ) One-touch fittings cannot be replaced. Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. ounting racket Part No. ass ction Spring return Spring extend Foot (1) CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F Flange Double clevis CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D Note 1) When ordering foot bracket, order pieces per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot, Flange/ody mounting bolt, Double clevis/clevis pin, Type C retaining ring for axis, ody mounting bolt dditional ass oth ends tapped style With boss in head side uilt-in One-touch fittings 3 1 3 1 ale thread Nut Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Rear flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) Theoretical Output 1. 1. ction Spring return Spring extend 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 3 1.3 Calculation: (xample) CQD-S Cylinder mass: CQ-S 1 g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g 3 g Double clevis style g 3 g 3 Cylinder stroke 3 3 1 1 1 3 Operating pressure (pa).3 1 33 3 1 1 3. 3 31 1 3 1 1 1 1 1. 3 33 1 3 33 Refer to page for the Spring Reaction Force. 3. 3 33 3 33 (N) (g) (g) 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ ounting olt for CQ/Without uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated ounting bolt ounting bolt Spring xtend Spring Return Cylinder model C CQ-S. -S CQ-S -S CQ-S. -S CQ-S. -S CQ-S -S CQ-S. -S CQ-S. -S D 3 3 3 ounting bolt size 3 x x 3 x x x x x x 3 x x 3 x 3 x x x Cylinder model CQ-T -T CQ-T -T CQ-T -T CQ-T -T CQ-T -T CQ-T -T CQ-T -T C..... D 3 3 3 ounting bolt size 3 x x 3 x x x x x x 3 x x 3 x 3 x x x
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Construction Spring return eytoirqu! w Spring extend! ytr!!qwoiu! Port size For x. With boss in head side!!1 uilt-in One-touch fittings!3 Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Return spring ronze element Retaining ring Plug with fixed orifice Rod end nut Centering location ring One-touch fitting CQ aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy Piano wire Sintered metallic C Carbon tool steel lloy steel Carbon steel luminum alloy Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø, Chromate, Painted Phosphate coated ø Zinc chromated Port size Rc 1/, 1/ Port size x. Nickel plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø On spring extend (type T), piston and piston rod are integrated (stainless steel). (xcluding ø and of built-in magnet type) S T () ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø Replacement Parts No. 1 Replacement Part: Seal Kit Note How to order Description Piston seal Rod seal Gasket Single acting/spring return CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS set includes!. aterial NR NR NR Seal kit includes!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) Copper and fluorine-free series Stroke To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Note Single acting/spring extend CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS Kits include items!,!,! from the table above Seal kit includes!,!,!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Single acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa None Screw-in piping to mm/s Through-hole ountable 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CDQ With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications P. 3 to 1 Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting P. to Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. ass ction Spring return Spring extend Construction (g) Cylinder stroke 1 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 1 1 dditional ass oth ends tapped style Rod end ale thread ale thread Nut With boss in head side uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) 1 1. 1. 1 3 1.3 3 3 Calculation: (xample) CDQD-S Cylinder mass: CDQ-S g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g 3 g Double clevis style g g 3 1 3 3 1 Q-1 Q- Q- 1 3 1 1 1 1 ø, ø ø to ø ø to ø 3. 3 33 3 33 1. 1. (g) If auto switches are to be installed, the mass that corresponds to the number of auto switches and mounting brackets to be used must be added. Switch ounting racket ass For the auto switch mass, refer to page 3 to 1. Spring return eytoirqu!1! w Spring extend!3rt!y!1!qwoiu! Port size For x. Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Return spring ronze element Retaining ring Plug with fixed orifice agnet aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy Piano wire Sintered metallic C Carbon tool steel lloy steel Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø, Chromate, Painted Phosphate coated ø Zinc chromated Port size Rc 1/, 1/. Port size x. On spring extend (type T), piston with ø or more and piston rod are integrated (Stainless steel). No. Description Piston seal Rod seal Gasket aterial NR NR NR Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Note Since the same as standard type, single acting, single rod, refer to page 3.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ ounting olt for CDQ/With uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs. Spring return ounting bolt Spring extend ounting bolt Spring Return Spring xtend Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CDQ-S 3 3 x 3 CDQ-T 3 x..1 -S x -T x CDQ-S 3 x CDQ-T 3 x -S x -T x CDQ-S x CDQ-T x.. -S x -T x CDQ-S x CDQ-T x.. -S x -T x CDQ-S x CDQ-T x -S x -T x CDQ-S x CDQ-T x.. -S x -T x CDQ-S x CDQ-T x.. -S x -T x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/spring Return without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQ oth ends tapped style: CQ O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore F øi x. (Port size) Z ød K With boss in head side G øth With oss in Head Side G 1. 1. 1 1 Th.3..3.3 Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. asic Style st.. st. 3 3. st 3... st... C D 3 F... For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K 3. 3.. 1.. N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Z
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ Z H Y x ød T Y Y S Special cap bolt G Foot Style st.3 1... st.3. 1.. st 3... st...... 1... D G H...... 1 1 S st... st 1. 1. 1. T Y Z 3. 3. 3 3. 33... Y... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod side flange style: CQF F FZ FV x øfd FT Rod Side Flange Style st 3. 3 3. st.. st 3... st... FD FT FV F FZ...... 3... 1... Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J Head side flange style: CQG FT F FZ FV x øfd Head Side Flange Style st 31. 3. st 3 3.. 3. 3.. 1. 1.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange ( ) style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD CT C CW x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR C CZ øc +. +..1.3 Double Clevis Style st.. st. 3 1. st 3... st... C CD C st 3.. st.. CT CW C CZ 1 1. 3. 3.. 1. 1.. N x. x. x 1. x 1. RR Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/spring Return with uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CDQ oth ends tapped style: CDQ R R O1 thread oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius S ød U V K x øn through x øo counterbore F x. (Port size) With boss in head side G øth With oss in Head Side G 1. 1. Th 1 1.3..3.3 Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style st 3. 3 1. st 1.. st 33 3. 3. 3. st 3. 1.. C D 3 F.... H 3 x. x. x. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. K 3. 3.. 3 N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth S 3... U. 3... V 3
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CDQ Z H Y x ød T Y Y S Special cap bolt G Foot Style st 1.3 3... T 3. 3. st.3. 3.. 3 3 st 33 3. 3. 3. Y. 33. st 3. 1.. Z... 1..... Y... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated D.... G.. H 1 1 st 1 3... S st... Rod side flange style: CDQF FV x øfd F FZ FT FZ F FT Head side flange style: CDQG x øfd FV Rod end male thread Rod Side Flange Style st. 1. st.. Head Side Flange Style st 1.. st 1.. st 33 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.. st 3. 1.. 1. 1.... Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated FD.... FT.. FV 3 F FZ..... 1. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange ( ) style. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CDQD CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d Double Clevis Style st.. st 1. 3. st 33 3. 3. 3. st 3. 1.. C CD st.. C st.. CT CW 1 1 C CW RR.1.3 CZ +. +. C øc C. CZ 3. 3.. 1. 1.. N x. x. x 1. x 1. RR Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated D- For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/spring Return with uto Switch (In the case of without auto switches,,, F and P dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension chart.) asic style (Through-hole): CQ/CDQ oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C øi x øn through x øo counterbore uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius F P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Z ød K W J With boss in head side øth With oss in Head Side 1 3 Th... Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. V Width across flats 1 øz1 uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø to ø P1 (Piping tube O.D.) Rod nd ale Thread 1 Z1.. P1 V 3.... 33. uilt-in One-touch Fittings W1. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. W1 asic Style st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st 3 1. Without auto switch F... 3. 33 3....... x. 1/ With auto switch P 1/ 1/ 1.... 3. 3... F.. P 1/ 1/ 1/ C D H I J K x 1.. 3 1 x 1. x 1. 1 N... O depth depth depth S U W. 31.. Note), dimensions of ø- stroke with One-touch fitting without auto switch are the same dimensions as the stroke ø- without auto switch. 3 1 1 Z 1 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page.
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Z H Y x ød Y T S Y Special cap bolt G Foot Style st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st... 3. Without auto switch S.. 33 3. 3... 1 1. 3. 1..... 3. D GH YZ Y 1 3.. 1.. 1 3.. 1 3. 33. 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated With auto switch S.. 3 3..... 33.. 3. Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF F FZ FV x øfd FT FT Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG FV F FZ x øfd Rod Side Flange Style Without auto switch With auto switch st st st st st st st st st st st st 1.... 33 3. 3... 1.... FD FT FV FFZ. 1 3. 3.. 1 3. 1 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 3 3.... Head Side Flange Style Without auto switch With auto switch Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange ( ) style. st st st st st st 3.... 3...... 33. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT C CW x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR CZ.1.3 C +. +. Double Clevis Style st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st 3.. Without auto switch With auto switch C C.. 33 3. 3... 3.... Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 3.. CD CT CWC CZ N RR 1 3. x 1. 1 3. x 1. 33. x 1. 3 3... 1.... 3.... 1 D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/spring xtend without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): oth ends tapped style: CQ oth nds Tapped Style R R O1 thread CQ O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore Q x. (Port size) øi Z ød K With boss in head side øth With oss in Head Side G Th 1. 1. 1.3..3 1.3 Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) G Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 st 1. 3.. st... x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. Width across flats 1 asic Style st. 3 3. st.. st 3... st... C D 3 H 3 x. x. x. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. I 3 K st st...... 1 1.. N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Q. Z
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ H Y Special cap bolt Foot Style st.3. 1.. st.3. 1.. st 3... st... st 1. 1. 1. st 3. 3.. st. 33. 3. st 3 3. 3.. D.... G.. H 1 1 st... S st 1. 1. 1. Z x ød T Y Y S G T 3. 3. 3 3 Y. 33. Z.. Y... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod side flange style: CQF F FZ FV x øfd FT Rod Side Flange Style st.. st.. st 3... st... FD.... FT.. FV 3 F FZ st 1. 1. 1. st 3. 3.. st. 33. st 3 3. 3. 3.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J Head side flange style: CQG CQS FT F FZ FV x øfd Head Side Flange Style st 3 3. st. st... st... st 1. 3. st.... 1.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side flange ( ) style. CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD CT C CW x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR øc C CZ +. +..1.3 Double Clevis Style st. 3 1. st... st. 3 1. st... 1 st 3... st 1. 3.. st... st... C N CD x. x. x 1. x 1. st.. RR C st.. CT CW 1 1 C. CZ Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 3 D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/spring xtend with uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CDQ H thread effective depth C U. oth ends tapped style: CDQ O1 thread x. (Port size) R R uto switch oth nds Tapped Style O1 x. x. x 1. x 1. inimum lead wire bending radius R S ød x øn through x øo counterbore V K Q With boss in head side øth With oss in Head Side G 1. 1. Th 1 1.3..3.3 Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) G Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 st 1. 3.. st... x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style st.. st.. st 3. 3. 3. 3. st.. 1.. C D 3 H 3 x. x. x. x 1. K For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. st st...... 1 3 N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Q. S 3. 1. 3. U 1.... V 3
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CDQ Z FV x øfd H F FZ Y x ød T Y Y S Rod side flange style: CDQF FT Special cap bolt G Foot Style st.. 3.. T 3. 3. st.. st.. 3.. 3 3 st.. st 3. 3. 3. 3. Y. 33. st 3. 3. 3. 3. st.. 1.. Z st.. 1.. st 1. 1. 1... FD.... st 3. 3.. Y... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod Side Flange Style FT.. st. 33. 3. FV 3 st 3 3. 3.. F D.... FZ G.. st 1. 1. 1. H 1 1 st 3. 3.. st. 3... st. 33. S st.... st 3 3. 3. 3.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J Head side flange style: CDQG FT FZ F FV x øfd Head Side Flange Style st 1... st 1... st... st... 1 st 1. 3.. st... Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the same as rod side ( ) flange style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CDQD CT C CW x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR.1.3 CZ +. +. C øc Double Clevis Style st. 3. st... st. 3. st... 1 st 3. 3. 3. 3. st 1. 3.. st.. 1.. st... C N CD x. x. x 1. x 1. st.. RR C st.. CT CW 1 1 C. CZ Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø/spring xtend with uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQ/CDQ oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ O1 thread R R (In the case of without auto switches,,, P and Q dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension chart.) oth nds Tapped Style O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C øi x øn through inimum lead wire bending radius x øo counterbore P (Rc, NPT, G) Q uto switch (Port size) Z ød K W J With boss in head side øth With oss in Head Side Th 1.. 3. Note) With boss in rod side : Option (Suffix -C3 to the end of part number.) Width across flats 1 uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø to ø V øz1 P1 (Piping tube O.D.) Rod nd ale Thread 1 Z1.. P1 V 3.. st 33. 33. W1. st 3. 3. 3. uilt-in One-touch Fittings st 3. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. W1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style Without auto switch With auto switch P Q st st st st st 33 st st x. st 1/ st st. st. st st st st st 3 st 3 st.. 3. 3. 1/........ 1/...... C D H I J K 1 x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1 st st st For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. 1 1 1 3 N... O depth depth depth S. U 31. 3 1 W. 1 P 1/ 1/ 1/ Z 1 Q..
Compact Cylinder: Standard Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Z H Y x ød Y Y G S T Special cap bolt Foot Style ore size ore size st. 3. S S st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st 33 1.. 3 3 3. 3. 1. 3. 3. 3.... 33.... 1....... st. 3.. Without auto switch D G st st st st st st H 3... 3... 33 3 3. 3. 3 Y Z With auto switch 1.... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Y st 3. Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF F FZ FV x øfd FT Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG FT FV F FZ x øfd Rod Side Flange Style ore size ore size ore size Without auto switch st. FD FT FV F st st st st st st st st st st 33 3 3. 3. 3.............. st.. st st st st st st 3.. 3.. 3 3. 3. Without auto switch st st st.... 3 Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Head Side Flange Style With auto switch st st st st st 1.. 1.. 1 With auto switch st st st 33. 3. 33. 3. 3. st 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated FZ Dimensions except, and are the ( same as rod side ) flange style. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD C CT CW x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR C CZ +. +..1.3 Double Clevis Style ore size st. C C st st st st st st st st st st st st st st st 33 3 3 3. 3.............. 1..... st.. Without auto switch With auto switch ore size CD CT CW C CZ st st st st st st 1 3 1 33. 3. 1 3 1 33. 3. 1 3. 3. Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. st 1. D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: arge ore Size Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø1, ø, ø, ø How to Order With auto switch CDQ With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style Through-hole/oth ends tapped common (Standard) Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQ on page. CQ DC 1 mm 1 mm mm mm mm DC W uto switch Nil Without auto switch ade to Order (Refer to page for details.) Number of auto switches Nil S n pcs. 1 pc. n pcs. Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQ1-DC Port thread type Nil TN TF V Rc NPT G Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke, refer to page. V V V,V V V,V V V V or less V or less V 3V V 3C C W ody option Nil Cushion C Rubber umper ction D Double acting pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Grommet Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire H 3 Standard (Rod end female thread) oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) DC C Perpendicular In-line. 1 3 None ø to ø ø, ø ø to ø ø, ø (Nil) () () (Z) (N) V, V NV PV N P V V JC V V, V V V, V V NWV PWV WV NV PV V NW PW W N P V,V FF pplicable load ead wire length symbols:. m Nil (xample) NW Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. 1 m (xample) NW ø to ø D-/ types can be mounted only with an installation groove. 3 m (xample) NW (Using G-) m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. Pre-wired connector Relay, PC Relay, PC
Compact Cylinder: arge ore Size Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 1 Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy J Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s to mm/s... +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change. Standard Stroke JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod, 1,,, Standard stroke,,,,,,,, 1, 1,,, Symbol Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) 1 ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages to 1.) Specifications Fluororubber seals ø to only. Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Type Pneumatic Description Part no. Description xample Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. to to to to Part no.: CQ-DC CQ-1DC with mm width spacer. dimension is mm. ounting Through-hole/oth ends tapped (Common) uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type Rubber bumper (Standard) TN TF Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ 1 Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ xclusive body (-) Suffix - to the end of standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval by using an exclusive body with the specified stroke. Part no.: CQ-DC- akes stroke tube. dimension is mm. Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Theoretical Output 1 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT.3 33 3 3 1 3 OUT IN (N) Operating pressure (Pa).. 1 3 1 3 1 33 1 1 ass Without uto Switch Cylinder stroke 1........3...1..1.1..1 1.. 1.... 1..31.3 1...1.3.3...3. 1.33..3 1..1 1. 1.... 1.3..1. 1. 3.3 uilt-in agnet 1......3..1....... Cylinder stroke.3..3.........1 1....1 1.1.3. 1.... 1.1 1. 1.3 1..3. 1.1 1.3 1. 1.. 3.1.1.1 1..... 1....1. 1..1...1 1... (kg).1 1. 1.3.31. (kg). 1. 1..3. dditional ass Rod end ale thread male thread Nut Calculation: (xample) CDQ-DC Cylinder mass: CDQ-DC. kg Option mass:. kg dd the mass of auto switches and mounting brackets. uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. Q-.31. 1.31..3 kg pplicable bore size ø to ø For auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. (kg),,.. ass (g) 1. ounting olt for CQ ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt x pcs. Note 1) To install a through-hole type mounting bolt, make sure to use the flat washer that is provided. Note ) Please consult with SC regarding mounting bolts for strokes that exceed mm. Use the O screw provided on the cylinder tube to secure the cylinder. O D C Cylinder model CQ 1-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC CQ-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC C.. D 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x 1 x x x 1 x x 1 x 1 x x x 1 x 1 x 1 x Cylinder model CQ-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC CQ-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC C 3 3 D ounting bolt size 1 x x x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 1 x 1 1 x x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated
Compact Cylinder: arge Size Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQ Construction Double acting, Single rod!3 i t r! q!! o e y u w!1 Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Head cover Piston Piston rod Rod cover Retaining ring umper ushing Wear ring agnet Rod end nut Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket Rod nd Nut Part no. NT- NT- aterial luminum alloy Carbon steel luminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon tool steel Urethane earing alloy Resin Carbon steel NR NR NR pplicable bore size, 1,, x 1. 3 x 1. Note Hard anodized Nickel plated Chromated Hard chrome plated Nickel plated Phosphate coated For only CDQ Nickel plated aterial: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated d H C D 1 1 3.1 3. 3 Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Kit no. Contents 1 CQ-PS CQ1-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS Set of left nos.!,!3,! Seal kit includes!,!3,!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) J CQS CQ RQ CQ U 1 D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø, ø1, ø asic style (Through-hole): CQ The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. H thread effective depth C x x øocounterbore depthr (Opposite side also) Q uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius Q x P(Rc,NPT,G) (Port size) øi. ød x øn through K W J Note) With flat washer pcs. x x O thread depth R + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread ore siz e (m m) 1 1 H 1 1 1 1 x 1. x 1. 3 x 1. 1 Standard stroke range,,,,,,, 1 1,,, 3 3 1 C 33 D 3 3 1 1 H x. x. x 3 I 1 3 J K 3 1 1 N... O x x x O 1. 1.. P 3/ 3/ 3/ Q... R R 1. 1. 1. W 1 Note) e sure to use the attached plain washer for mounting, cylinder with through-holes.
Compact Cylinder: arge Size Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQ Dimensions: ø, ø ø x 3 thread effective depth 33 x x ø31. counterbore depth (Opposite side also) The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius x Rc, NPT, G1/ (Port size) 3. 3 () With flat washer pcs. ø 1 x x x. thread depth 3 (1) + Stroke + Stroke x ø1 through With across flats 3 x 1. Note 1) In the case of stroke or less, it would come with x x x. through thread. Note ) e sure to use the attached plain washer for mounting, cylinder with through-holes. ø x 3 thread effective depth 33 x x ø31. counterbore depth (Opposite side also) 1 uto switch ead wire inimum lead wire bending radius x Rc, NPT, G1/ (Port size) J CQS CQ RQ CQ 1 ø U. 3 3 1 Note ) With flat washer pcs. 1 x x x. thread depth 3 Note1) + Stroke + Stroke x ø1 through With across flats 3 x 1. Note 1) In the case of stroke or less, it would come with x x x. through thread. Note ) e sure to use the attached plain washer for mounting, cylinder with through-holes. 1 3 D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: arge ore Size Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW ø, ø1, ø, ø, ø With auto switch With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) CQW DC CDQW DC W W ounting style Through-hole/oth ends tapped common (Standard) Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQ on page. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQW1-DC Form Double rod 1 mm 1 mm mm mm mm Port thread type Nil TN TF How to Order Rc NPT G ody option Nil Cushion C Rubber umper ction D Double acting Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke, refer to page. pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Grommet Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire V V V V,V V V,V V V V or less V or less V 3V V 3C C W H 3 ade to Order (Refer to page for details.) Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. Standard (Rod end female thread) oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) DC C Perpendicular In-line. 1 3 None ø to ø ø, ø ø to ø ø, ø (Nil) () () (Z) (N) V, V NV PV N P V V JC V V, V V V, V V NWV PWV WV NV PV V NW PW W N P V,V FF pplicable load ead wire length symbols:. m Nil (xample) NW Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. 1 m (xample) NW ø to ø D-/ types can be mounted only with an installation groove. 3 m (xample) NW (Using G-) m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. Pre-wired connector Relay, PC Relay, PC
Compact Cylinder: arge ore Size Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQW Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 1 Double acting, Double rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy J Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s to mm/s... +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change. JIS Symbol Double acting, Double rod Standard Stroke Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,,,,, 1, 1,,, Symbol Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) 3 1 33 ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages, 1 and 1.) Specifications Change of piston rod end for double rod type cylinder Fluororubber seals ø to only. Intermediate stroke of double rod type ø to only. -33 intermediate stroke with mm intervals only Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Type Pneumatic Description Part no. Description xample Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Suffix -33 to the end of standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. ounting Through-hole/oth ends tapped (Common) uilt-in magnet Piping to to to to Part no.: CQW-DC-33 CQW-1DC with mm width spacer. dimension is mm. Screw-in type Rubber bumper (Standard) TN TF Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ 1 Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ xclusive body (-) Suffix - to the end of standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval by using an exclusive body with the specified stroke. Part no.: CQW-DC- akes stroke tube. dimension is mm. Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQW Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. Warning ounting Do not apply reverse torque to the piston rods sticking out from both sides of this cylinder at the same time. The torque makes connection threads inside loosen, which may cause an accident or malfunction. Install or remove loads while the piston rod width across flats is secured. Do not fix the other side of the piston rod width across flats and apply reverse torque. Theoretical Output ass 1 Without uto Switch 1.1.3..1 1.3..... uilt-in agnet 1...3. 1.1..... dditional ass.3.3..3.....31. ale thread Nut.... 1.3....3 1..3 33 3..1.. 1....1 1. 1. Operating pressure (Pa) Cylinder stroke....3 1... Calculation: (xample) CDQW-DC Cylinder mass: CDQW-DC. kg Option mass:. kg.3 kg.1..33..1 Cylinder stroke.3.. 1. 1....1.. 1... 1..1. 1.1.3... 1.. 1.1. 1. 1.. 1..3 1. 1.. 1....3. 1....1.3 (kg),,.. dd the mass of auto switches and mounting brackets... 1.1...1.1 1.... 3 1 33.1 1.3.... 1.... uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. Q- pplicable bore size ø to ø For auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. ass (g) 1. (N) (kg) 1. 1...3.3 (kg) 1. 1....1
Compact Cylinder: arge Size Type Double cting, Double rod Series CQW ounting olt for CQ ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQW is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt x pcs. Note 1) To install a through-hole type mounting bolt, make sure to use the flat washer that is provided. Note ) Please consult with SC regarding mounting bolts for strokes that exceed mm. Use the O screw provided on the cylinder tube to secure the cylinder. Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size. 1 1 1 x x 1 x x x 1 x x 1 3 1 1 1 1 x x x x 1 x x 1 x 1 CQW 1-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC CQW-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC Construction. 1 1 1 1 O thread part x 1 x x x 1 x 1 x 1 x ounting bolt CQW-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC CQW-DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC -DC 3 1 1 1 x x x 1 x x 1 x x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated! it!3 eq!1 owuy! r Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Piston rod Rod cover Retaining ring umper ushing agnet Rod end nut Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket Piston gasket Double acting, Double rod aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon steel Carbon tool steel Resin earing alloy Carbon steel NR NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated Hard chrome plated Hard chrome plated Nickel plated Phosphate coated For only CDQW Nickel plated! Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Kit no. Contents 1 CQW-PS CQW1-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS CQW-PS Set of left nos.!1,!,!3 Seal kit includes!1,!,!3. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Rod nd Nut Part no. NT- NT- pplicable bore size d H C D, 1,, aterial: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated x 1. 3 x 1. 1 1 3.1 3. 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQW Dimensions ø, ø1, ø asic style (Through-hole): CQW The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. x H thread effective depth C (Opposite side also) x x øo counterbore depth R (Opposite side also) Q uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius Q x P(Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) øi Width across flats K K W J. (1) Flat washer pcs. ød x x O thread depth + Stroke x ønthrough-hole ød + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1 1 1 x 1. x 1. 3 x 1. mm 1 1 1 + Stroke 1 + (Stroke) 1 Standard stroke range,,,,,,, 1 1,,, 3 3 1 () C (.) (.) 33 (.) 1 1 H x. x. x 3 I 1 3 Note 1) e sure to use the attached plain washer for mounting, cylinder with through-holes. Note ) ( ) denotes the values of effective length in one side, only for the stroke type. The position of double rod width across flats is not the same. D 3 3 J K 3 1 1 N... O x x x O 1. 1.. P 3/ 3/ 3/ Q... R R 1. 1. 1. W 1
Compact Cylinder: arge Size Type Double cting, Double rod Series CQW Dimensions ø x x 3 effective thread depth 33 x x ø31. counterbore depth The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius x Rc, NPT, G1/ (Port size) ø. 3 ø x ø1through 3 With () flat washer pcs. Width across flats 1 x x x. thread depth 3 (1) + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 + Stroke Width across flats Note 1) In the case of stroke or less, it would come with x x x. through thread. Note ) e sure to use the attached plain washer for mounting, cylinder with through-holes. 3 x 1. 3 x 1. ø 1 x x 3 effective thread depth 33 (Opposite side also) x x ø31. counterbore depth (Opposite side also) 1 ø. 3 + (Stroke) ø 1 x Rc, NPT, G1/ Width across flats 3 + Stroke uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius (Port size) x ø1through-hole J CQS CQ RQ CQ U 3 1 () With flat washer pcs. 1 x x x. thread depth 3 (1) + Stroke 3 + (Stroke) 1 + Stroke Note 1) In the case of stroke or less, it would come with x x x. through thread. Note ) e sure to use the attached plain washer for mounting, cylinder with through-holes. Width across flats 3 x 1. Width across flats 3 x 1. D- The position of double rod width across flats is not the same. 1 3 + (Stroke) 1 + Stroke Technical data
Compact Cylinder: ong Stroke Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø How to Order CQ DC With auto switch CDQ DC W F G D With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style oth ends tapped style Foot style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting brackets are shipped together, (but not assembled). mm mm mm Nil TN TF F uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQ-DC 3 3 mm mm mm Port thread type Rc NPT G uilt-in One-touch fittings Note) Note) s available w/ One-touch fittings are ø to ø3. Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke, refer to page 1. D ction Double acting ody option Nil Cushion C Rubber umper ade to Order (Refer to page 1 for details.) Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. Standard (Rod end female thread) pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire V V (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V,V V V V,V V V,V C V V V or less V or less Perpendicular NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W In-line N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details.
Compact Cylinder: ong Stroke Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 3 Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy J,,, 3,, Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s...1 1..1. +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change. Standard Stroke Standard stroke, 1, 1,,, Symbol Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) C C C Double clevis pins include copper pins and a flat washer. 1 ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages to and 1.) With heavy duty scraper Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel Fluororubber seals Specifications Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Type Pneumatic Description Part no. Description xample uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type type Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. to 1 to to 1 to Part no.: CQ-DC CQ-1DC with mm width spacer. dimension is. mm. TN TF Note) uilt-in One-touch fittings Note) One-touch fittings cannot be replaced. Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ Part no.: CQ-DC- akes stroke tube. dimension is 1. mm. Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ xclusive body (-) Suffix - to the end of standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval by using an exclusive body with the specified stroke. 3 Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ Rc 3/ NPT 3/ Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. G 3/ Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQ Stroke DC() ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø Copper and fluorine-free series To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure ax. operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa With (Standard equipment) Screw-in piping, uilt-in one-touch fitting to mm/s oth ends tapped style ountable llowable ateral oad at Rod nd llowable lateral load W (N) ø ø ø3 ø ø ø 1 Stroke St (ounting: Horizontal) ounting racket Part No. 3 Foot (1) CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- Flange CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F Double clevis CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 CQ-D CQ-D Note 1) When ordering foot bracket, order pieces per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot or Flange style: ody mounting bolt, Double clevis/clevis pin, ody mounting bolt, Type C retaining ring for axis. Theoretical Output Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT Operating pressure (Pa).3.. 1 31 3 3 3 3 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT Operating pressure (Pa).3.. 1 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 1 1 31 31 3 (N) ass (g) Without uto Switch 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 Cylinder stroke 1 1 1 3 33 3 1 1 1 3 uilt-in agnet 3 3 3 1 3 Cylinder stroke 1 1 31 31 1 dditional ass ale thread Nut Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) 1 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 (g) 1 1 1 Calculation: (xample) CQD-DC Cylinder mass: CQ-DC g Option mass: 3 g Double clevis style g g ounting bracket part no. Q- Q- dd the mass of auto switches and mounting brackets when auto switches are mounted. uto Switch ounting racket ass pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ass (g) 1. For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1.
Compact Cylinder: ong Stroke Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Construction uto switch (CDQ only)!ryo!uqe w!!!it!1!3 uilt-in One-touch fittings Component Parts No. 1 3 1 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar ottom plate Retaining ring umper umper ushing Wear ring Rod end nut agnet One-touch fitting Rod seal Piston seal Tube gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane earing alloy Resin Carbon steel NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated Hard chrome plated nodized nodized Phosphate coated Nickel plated For only CDQ ø to ø3 Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Kit no. Contents CQ--PS CQ--PS CQ--PS 3 CQ3--PS Set of left nos.!,!,! CQ--PS CQ--PS Seal kit includes!,!,!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- 3 Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø to ø oth ends tapped style: CQ The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. H thread effective depth C x O thread effective depth R Q x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) inimum lead wire bending radius uto switch Q øi Z øth ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1.. 3. x 1. 3. x 1. 3. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. Dimensions of built-in One-touch fitting are equivalent to Series CQ, double acting, single rod. Refer to page. oth nds Tapped Style (1) to, C D H I J K O P Q R S Th U W. 3... 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. Note 1) For to stroke, strokes are by the mm interval. Note ) For calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes, refer to page 1.. 1 1 1 1 3 1/ 1/ 1/.. 3... 31. 3 1. 1 Z 1 Foot style: CQ Special cap bolt + Stroke Foot style D G H S T Y Z Y Z H Y x ød Y T S + Stroke + Stroke Y G.. 1... 1 1 1 3. 3. 3... 33 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 1.... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page.
Compact Cylinder: ong Stroke Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Rod side flange style: CQF The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. F FZ FV x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke Rod Side Flange Style FD FT FV F FZ. 3...... 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3 Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Head side flange style: CQG Special cap bolt + Stroke + Stroke FT FV F FZ x øfd Head Side Flange Style.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except are the same as rod side flange style. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double Clevis style: CQG CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d Double Clevis Style CD C CT..... 1. CW C 1 1 CZ 3 3 + Stroke C + Stroke + Stroke CW RR CZ.1.3 C + + N RR 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. x 1. Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pin and retaining ring are shipped together. D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø3 to ø oth ends tapped style: Series CQ The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. H thread effective depth C x O thread effective depth R x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q inimum lead wire bending radius uto switch Q øi 3 1 1.. 3. 3. 3. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1.. 3. 3. 3 C D H I J K O P Q R S Th U W.. 1 1 x 1. x. x. 3 1. 1 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. 1/ 3/ 3/. 1 3 1 3 1. 1. 3 3... 3. Z 1 + Stroke H Z øth ød K W Width across flats 1 + Stroke + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page to. Dimensions of built-in One-touch fitting are equivalent to Series CQ, double acting, single rod. Refer to page 1. oth nds Tapped Style (1) to, Note 1) For to stroke, strokes are by the mm interval. Note ) For calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes, refer to page 3.... Foot style: CQ Y Special cap bolt Z x ød Y T S + Stroke + Stroke Y G Foot Style 3 3.. 1.. 1 3. 3. 3. D G H 1 S 31 3 T 3.. Y 1. 1 Z 1 1 Y 1. 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page.. 1.
Compact Cylinder: ong Stroke Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Rod side flange style: CQF The dimensions are the same with or without an auto switch. Special cap bolt F FZ FV x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke Rod Side Flange Style 3 FD FT FV F FZ.. 1 1 3. 3. 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Head side flange style: CQG Special cap bolt + Stroke + Stroke FT FV F FZ x øfd Head Side Flange Style 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except are the same as rod side flange style. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d Double Clevis Style 3 CD C CT.. 1. 31 CW 3 C CZ + Stroke C + Stroke + Stroke CW RR CZ.1.3 C +. +. N RR 3 1 3. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Nickel plated For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pin and retaining ring are shipped together. D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQK ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 F G D With auto switch With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) Non-rotating rod type Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Foot style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting style CQK CDQK ø to ø3 ø, ø, ø3 ounting brackets are shipped together (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQK on pages 3 and. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQK-D note 1) mm mm mm mm 3 mm mm mm 3 mm Note 1) When ø with switch is required, the body option should be with rubber bumper (C). x.) CDQK-DC Nil TN TF F How to Order Port thread type thread ø to ø Rc NPT ø to ø3 G uilt-in One-touch fittings Note) Note ) s available w/ One-touch fittings are ø to ø3. esides, it is not possible to use for air-tydro type. For the cylinders without an auto switch, threads are compatible only for ø with strokes. V V DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V, V V V V, V V V, V D D C V V V or less V or less Nil F C W Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. ody option Standard (Rod end female thread) With boss in head side With rubber bumper (Only ø with switch) ade to Order Refer to page for details. Combination of body option (F) is available. ction D Double acting pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke and anufacture of Intermediate of Stroke, refer to page. oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W In-line N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQK Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 3 Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Not required (Non-lube) Piston speed to mm/s JIS Symbol Non-rotating rod llowable kinetic energy (J) Stroke length tolerance Rod non-rotating accuracy..3 Note 1).3...1. +1.mm Note ).. ø cylinder with a switch comes with a rubber bumper as standard. Note 1) For cylinders with a rubber bumper (ø with a switch only) Note ) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change. Symbol Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body): ø to ø3 C C ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 3 to.) Specifications Change of rod end shape djustable stroke cylinder/djustable extension type djustable stroke cylinder/djustable retraction type C Dual stroke cylinder/double rod type C Dual stroke cylinder/single rod type C Double clevis pins include copper pins and a flat washer. 1 With concave shape end boss on the cylinder tube head side Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. Standard Stroke,,,, 3,, 1,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,, anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Description Part no. Description xample,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,,, to 3 Standard stroke Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. 1 to 1 to 1 to Part no.: CQK-D CQK-D with 1 mm width spacer inside. dimension is. mm. Type Pneumatic Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type TN TF uilt-in One-touch fittings With boss in head side x. x. x. x. G 1/ ø/ Note 1) x. Rc Rc Rc Rc 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ G 1/ ø/ 3 G 1/ Note 1) For a ø cylinder without an auto switch, x is used for -stroke piping dimension. Thus, do not enter a symbol for the port tread type. Note ) In the case of built-in fitting, the mm stroke with ø bore is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. Note ) ø/
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQK llowable rotational torque N m or less Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment.. ounting 1. Install or remove loads while the piston rod width across flats is secured.. Using a non-rotating rod cylinder void using the air cylinder in such a way that rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod. If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide will deform, causing a loss of non-rotating accuracy. Use the chart below as a guide for the allowable rotational torque ranges..1..... 3. Operate the cylinder in such a way that the load to the piston rod is always applied in the axial direction. 3. When a workpiece is secured to the end of the piston rod, ensure that the piston rod is retracted entirely, and place a wrench on the portion of the rod that protrudes beyond the section. lso, tighten in a way that prevents the tightening torque from being applied to the non-rotating guide. ounting racket Part No. 3 ass Foot Note 1) Flange CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 Double clevis CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 Note 1) Order two foot brackets per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot or Flange style/ody mounting bolt, Double clevis style: Clevis pin, Type C retaining ring for axis/ody mounting bolt. 3 dditional ass oth ends tapped style With boss in head side uilt-in One-touch fittings 3 3 1 1 3 3 31 ale thread Nut 1 1 3 1 1 Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) Theoretical Output Calculation: (xample) CQKD-D Cylinder mass: CQK-D Option mass: oth ends tapped style Double clevis style 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 1. 1. 3 1.3 3 Cylinder stroke 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 33 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT 1 33 3 3 3.3 3 1 1 1 31 3 1 3. 1 1 1. 1 3 3 3 1 (N) Operating pressure (Pa) 1 33 3 1 g g g 1 g g 33 1 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 33 3 1 3 1 3 1 3 3 (g) (g) 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQK Construction asic style ( ø to ø) asic style ( ø to ø3) e!yt!u!3wq r i uilt-in One-touch fittings o With boss in head side!1!! Component Parts No. 1 3 1 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Rod cover Collar Retaining ring ushing Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head set screw Rod end nut Centering location ring One-touch fitting Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel rass luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Oil-impregnated sintered alloy lloy steel lloy steel Carbon steel luminum alloy NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø3, Hard chrome plated ø, lectroless nickel plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø3, nodized Phosphate coated ø to ø3 ø to ø, Nickel plated ø to ø3, Nickel plated Nickel plated ø to ø3, nodized ø to ø3 Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Kit no. CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS Note Set of nos. above!3,!,! 3 Kit no. CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK3-PS Note Set of nos. above!3,!,! Seal kit includes!3,!,!. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g)
ounting olt for CQK/Without uto Switch Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQK ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQK is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. Head side mounting style Rod side mounting style ounting bolt ounting bolt Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size C' D' ounting bolt size CQK-D -D 3 3 x x 3 3 3 x x 3-1D. x. x -D x x -D -D CQK-D -D 3 x x 3 x x 3 3 x x 3 x x 3-1D x x -D x x -D -D CQK-D -D -1D -D 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x -D x x. -D x x -3D -D -D -D CQK-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x x x 3 x x x x x 3 x x x -D x x. -D x x -3D -D -D -D CQK-D -D -1D -D -D x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x -D x x. -3D x x -D -D -D -D -D x x x x x x x x x x Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size C' D' ounting bolt size CQK-D -D -1D -D -D 3 x 3 x x x x 3 x 3 x x x x -D x x.. -3D x x -D -D -D -D -D CQK-D -1D -D -D -D 1 x x x x x 1 x x x x x 1 x x x x x 1 x x x x x -3D x x.. -D x x -D -D -D -D CQK3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D. 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1. 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQK Stroke D () Copper and fluorine-free series ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 1. Pa 1. Pa None Screw-in piping to mm/s Through-hole ountable 3 D- Technical data
Non-rotating Rod, Double cting, Single Rod Series CDQK With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications P. 3 to 1 Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting P. to Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. ass (g) dditional ass (g) 3 1 3 3 3 1 1 Construction 1 1 1 3 3 Cylinder stroke 1 1 3 3 33 3 3 3 31 3 3 3 3 3 1 oth ends tapped style Rod end male thread ale thread Nut With boss in head side uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring and bolt) 1. 1. 3 1.3 Calculation: (xample) CDQKD-D Cylinder mass: CDQK-D 3 g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g g Double clevis style 1 g 1 g 3 1 1 1 1 3 1 3 3 33 3 1 3 1 3 3 When auto switch is mounted, add the mass of number of auto switches and mounting brackets. Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. Q-1 Q- Q- pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø3 ø to ø3 ass (g) 1. 1. For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. r ø to ø r ø ø to ø3 e!3yt!u!1!wq Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Rod cover Collar Retaining ring ushing Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head set screw agnet Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket i aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel rass luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Oil-impregnated sintered alloy lloy steel lloy steel lloy steel NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø3, Hard chrome plated ø, lectroless nickel plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø3, nodized Phosphate coated ø to ø3 ø to ø, Nickel plated ø, Nickel plated Nickel plated, ø to ø3 o 3! Replacement Parts: Pneumatic (Non-lube) Kit no. CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK-PS CQK3-PS No. Set of nos. at left!,!3,! Seal kit includes!!3!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g)
ounting olt for CDQK/With uto Switch Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQK ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQK is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs. Head side mounting style ounting bolt ounting bolt Rod side mounting style Cylinder model CDQK-DC -DC -1DC -DC -DC -DC CDQK-D -D -1D -D -D -D CDQK-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CDQK-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CDQK-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D C.... D 3 ounting bolt size 3 x 3 x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x C'... D' ounting bolt size 3 x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Cylinder model CDQK-D -D -D -D -D CDQK-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQK-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQK3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D C.... D 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 C'... D' 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQK Dimensions ø to ø/without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQK ø, ø 3. 3. ø. ø, ø. ø (ød) (K) H thread effective depth C x øn through ød Q F x x. (Port size) K øth Piston rod cross section øi G + Stroke + Stroke With boss in head side øth G With oss in Head Side G 1. 1. 1 1 Th.3..3.3 Hexagon width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. asic Style to to to to. 3. 3... C D 3 F... G 1. 1. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K. 3. 3.. 1.. N 3. 3... Q. 1 1 Th 1 1.3..3.3 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page.
Dimensions ø to ø/with uto Switch Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQK asic Style (Through-hole): CDQK ø, ø. 3. ø. ø, ø 1. ød (ød) (K) K øth ø H thread effective depth C x øn through uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius x x. (Port size) Piston rod cross section U S V Q G + Stroke + Stroke F J CQS With boss in head side øth CQ RQ CQ G U Hexagon width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. asic Style to to to to 3. 3. 33 3. 3.. C D 3 F.... G 1. 1. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. K. 3. 3.. 3 N 3. 3... Q 1 1. 1 S 3... 1 1 Th.3..3.3 U. 3... V 3 D- Technical data
Series CQK Dimensions ø/without uto Switch. ø x 1. thread effectve depth Note 1) 1. (.) x ø. through Note 1) x Rc, NPT, G1/ ( x x.) (Port size) Note 1). (.) ø (ø) () Piston rod cross section ø 3. 3. ø1. + Stroke + Stroke Note 1) ( ): denotes at stroke mm to, 3 With boss in head side ø1. Hexagon width across flats x 1.. 3.. 3. x ø (Piping tube O.D.) ø uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø Note ) In the case of built-in fitting, the mm stroke is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page.
Dimensions ø/with uto Switch Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQK. 1. x Rc, NPT, G1/ (Port size) uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius. ø (ø) + Stroke + Stroke With boss in head side Hexagon width across flats x 1.. 3.. 3. ø ø x 1. thread effectve depth x ø. through () Piston rod cross section ø 3.. 3 ø1. ø1. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø x ø (Piping tube O.D.) D- For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Technical data
Series CQK Dimensions ø to ø3/with uto Switch (In the case of without auto switches, and dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension chart.) asic style (Through-hole): CDQK øi H thread effective depth C x øn through-hole x øo counterbore oth ends tapped style: CDQK O1 thread R x P (Rc, NPT, G) Q R (Port size) inimum lead wire bending radius F oth nds Tapped Style 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. uto switch R 1 (ød) (K) Piston rod cross section ød W Z J øth K + Stroke + Stroke With boss in head side øth With oss in Head Side 3 Th 3 3... 1 ø3 Cylinder tube form Rod nd ale Thread 3 1.. 33. 33. x 1. 1 x 1. 1 x 1. 3... uilt-in One-touch fittings V øz1 x P1 (Piping tube O.D.) uilt-in One-touch Fittings 3 Z1 P1 V.. W1. W1 asic Style 3 to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 3... 3.. 3. 3...... 3 C 1 1 D F.. H x 1. x 1. x 1. 3 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. I J K 1 1 N O. depth. depth depth. P 1/ 1/ 1/ Q. 1 Th. 3. 3. W Z 1 1 1
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQK Foot style: CDQK Z H Y x ød + Stroke Y 3. + Stroke Y Special cap bolt G S + Stroke Foot Style 3 to, to, to, Without auto switch S S.. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.... 1... 1. 3. 3. 3..... G H Y With auto switch Z Y D 1 3.. 1 3. 1 3. 33. 3. 3 1. 1. Rod side flange style: CDQKF F FZ FV x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod Side Flange Style Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT FV F FZ 3 to to to.... 3,,,.. 3.... 3.... 1 3. J 1 3. Head side flange style: CDQKG + Stroke + Stroke FT FV F FZ x øfd 3 1 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Head Side Flange Style Without auto switch With auto switch 3 to to to.. 3,,,.. 3.. 3. 33. 33. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except, and are the ( same as rod side ) flange style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CDQKD CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt øcd hole H Shaft d RR CZ.1.3 C +. +. Double Clevis Style 3 to, to, to, CW C.... 3... 3......... 3 C 1 Without auto switch CZ 3. With auto switch N x 1. C.. RR CD CT D- 33. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 3 33. x 1. Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface Treatment: Painted 1 Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQKW ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 F With auto switch Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Foot style Flange style With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style ø to ø3 ø to ø3 ounting brackets are shipped together (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQKW on pages and. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQKW-D CQKW CDQKW mm mm mm mm 3 mm mm mm 3 mm Port thread type Nil thread ø to ø Rc TN TF NPT G ø to ø3 F uilt-in One-touch fittings Note) Note) s available w/ One-touch fittings are ø to ø3. For the cylinders without an auto switch, threads are compatible only for ø with strokes. V DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V, V C D D Nil C ction D Double acting pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire V (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN How to Order V V V, V V V, V V V V or less V or less W uto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. ody option Standard (Rod end female thread) With rubber bumper (Only ø with switch) Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke and anufacture of Intermediate of Stroke, refer to page. oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W In-line N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3. (Nil) 1 () Nil 3 () (Z) Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. Without auto switch None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQKW Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 3 Double acting, Double rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature JIS Symbol Non-rotating rod, Double acting ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy (J) Stroke length tolerance Rod non-rotating accuracy. Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s.3 Note 1).3...1. +1.mm Note ) ø cylinder with a switch comes with a rubber bumper as standard. Note 1) For cylinders with a rubber bumper (ø with a switch only) Note ) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of dumper change... Standard Stroke,,,, 3 anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Description Part no. Description,, 1,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. to 3 Standard stroke to xample Part no.: CQKW-D CQKW-D with mm width spacer inside. dimension is. mm. Type Pneumatic Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type TN TF uilt-in One-touch fittings x. x. x. x. G 1/ Note 1) x. Rc Rc 1/ 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ Note ) ø/ G 1/ ø/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ ø/ 3 Rc 1/ G 1/ Note 1) For a ø cylinder without an auto switch, x is used for -stroke piping dimension. Thus, do not enter a symbol for the port tread type. Note ) In the case of built-in fitting, the mm stroke with ø bore is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. ø/ Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQKW Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. Warning 1. Do not apply reverse torque to the piston rods sticking out from both sides of this cylinder at the same time. The torque makes connection threads inside loosen, which may cause an accident or malfunction. Install or remove loads while the piston rod width across flats is secured. lso, tighten by giving consideration to prevent the tightening torque from being applied to the nonrotating guide. Do not fix the other side of the piston rod width across flats and apply reverse torque. Using a non-rotating rod cylinder void using the air cylinder in such a way that rotational torque would be applied to the piston rod. If rotational torque is applied, the non-rotating guide will deform, causing a loss of non-rotating accuracy. Use the chart below as a guide for the allowable rotational torque ranges. llowable rotational torque N m or less ounting ø ø ø ø ø ø ø ø3..1...... ounting racket Part No. 3 ass 3 Foot Note 1) Flange CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 Note 1) Order two foot brackets per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot or Flange style/ody mounting bolt. 1 3 3 1 1 dditional ass 1 1 1 3 oth ends tapped style ale thread Nut uilt-in One-touch fittings Foot style Flange style 3 1 3 3 Calculation: (xample) CQKW-D 1 33 3 3 3 Theoretical Output 3 Cylinder stroke 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 Operating pressure (Pa).3 1 1 31 1 3 1 3 1 Cylinder mass: CQKW-D g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g g 3 g. 1 1 1 1 3 33. 3 1 1 (N) (g) 3 (g) 3 1 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQKW Construction ø to ø ø to ø3 e!iy!o w!!qu!r t!1 uilt-in One-touch fittings!!!!3 Component Parts No. 1 3 1 1 1 1 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Piston rod Rod cover Collar for non-rotating Collar Retaining ring ushing for non-rotating ushing Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head set screw Rod end nut One-touch fitting Piston seal Rod seal for non-rotating Rod seal Gasket Piston gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel Stainless steel Carbon steel rass luminum alloy luminum alloy luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel Oil-impregnated sintered alloy earing alloy lloy steel lloy steel Carbon steel NR NR NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø3, Hard chrome plated ø to ø ø to ø3, Hard chrome plated ø, lectroless nickel plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø3, nodized ø to ø, nodized ø to ø3, Chromated, Painted Phosphate coated ø to ø3 ø, ø3 ø to ø, Nickel plated ø to ø3, Nickel plated Nickel plated ø to ø3 ø to ø3 Replacement Parts: Seal Kit 3 Kit no. CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW3-PS Note Set of nos. above!,!,!,! Seal kit includes!,!,!,!. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g)
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQKW ounting olt for CQKW/Without uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQKW is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. ounting bolt ounting bolt ounting at non-rotating side Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size C' D' ounting bolt size CQKW-D -D 3 x x 3 x x -1D.3 x.3 x -D x x -D -D CQKW-D -D x x 3 x x x x 3 x x -1D x x.. -D x x -D -D CQKW-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x x x x x x x -D x x. -D x x -3D -D -D -D CQKW-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x -D x x. -D x x -3D -D -D -D CQKW-D -D -1D -D -D x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x -D x x. -3D x x -D -D -D -D -D 1 x x x x x 1 1 x x x x x 1 Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CQKW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQKW-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQKW3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D.. 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 ø to ø3: C, and D, dimensions are the same as C and D. aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQKW Stroke D () Copper and fluorine-free series ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Double acting, Double rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3 1. Pa 1. Pa None Screw-in piping to mm/s Through-hole ountable D- Technical data
Non-rotating Rod, Double cting, Single Rod Series CDQKW With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications P. 3 to 1 Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting P. to Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. ass 3 3 31 1 Construction 1 3 31 Cylinder stroke 3 1 1 3 1 3 333 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 1 3 1 (g) dditional ass oth ends tapped style Rod end male thread ale thread Nut uilt-in One-touch fittings 3 Calculation: (xample) CDQKW-D Cylinder mass: CDQKW-D 1 g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g g g 3 3 1 (g) 3 1 1 dd the mass of auto switches and mounting brackets. uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. Q-1 Q- Q- pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø3 ø to ø ass (g) 1. 1. For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 and 1. ø to ø ø ø to ø3 e!iy!ow!!!qu!r t t!1 Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Piston rod Rod cover Collar for non-rotating Collar Retaining ring ushing for non-rotating ushing Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head set screw agnet aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel Stainless steel Carbon steel rass luminum alloy luminum alloy luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel Oil-impregnated sintered alloy earing alloy lloy steel lloy steel lloy steel Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø3, Hard chrome plated ø to ø ø to ø3, Hard chrome plated ø, lectroless nickel plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø3, nodized ø to ø, nodized ø to ø3, Chromated, painted Phosphate coated ø to ø3 ø, ø3 ø to ø, Nickel plated ø, Nickel plated ø to ø3, Nickel plated! No. 1 1 1 1 Description Piston seal Rod seal for non-rotating Rod seal Gasket Piston gasket!3 aterial NR NR NR NR NR Replacement Parts: Seal Kit 3 Kit no. CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW-PS CQKW3-PS! Note ø to ø3 Note Set of nos. above!,!,!,! Seal kit includes!,!,!,!. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g)
ounting olt for CDQKW/With uto Switch Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Single rod Series CQKW ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQKW is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. ounting bolt ounting at non-rotating side ounting bolt Cylinder model CDQKW-DC -DC -1DC -DC -DC -DC CDQKW-D -D -1D -D -D -D CDQKW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CDQKW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CDQKW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D C.1. D 1 ounting bolt size 3 x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 C'.1.. D' 1 ounting bolt size 3 x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 Cylinder model CDQKW-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQKW-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CDQKW3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D * ø to ø3: C, and D, dimensions are the same as C and D. C.. D 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQKW Dimensions ø to ø/ Without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQKW ø to ø ø, ø ø, ø 3. 3.. ø. ø x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) x øn through Q F x P (Port size) (ød) (K1) ød K1 ød Piston rod cross section øi øth G + Stroke + (Stroke) Width across flats K + Stroke ø. ø x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) (ød) (K1) Piston rod cross section øi ød W x øn through Z uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø J øth 1 K1 Q G x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) F + Stroke + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) Width across flats K ød + Stroke + Stroke 1 Rod nd ale Thread to to to to to, 1. 1... 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 1. 1. 3. 1. 3. uilt-in One-touch fittings x ø (Piping tube O.D.) ø asic Style to to to to to, 3. 3 3 3. 3.. 31 3 3 3.. C D 3 F.. G 1. 1. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note) The positions of piston rod width across flats (K) are not constant. I 3 J. K1. K 3. 3.. In the case of w/ One-touch fitting, the mm stroke with bore is the same external dimensions as mm stroke. 1.. 3 N 3. 3.... P x. x. x. x. x. 1/ Q 1 1 1. 1 1. 1 1 1 Th.3..3.3. W. Z
Dimensions ø to ø/ With uto Switch Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQKW asic style (Through-hole): CDQKW. ø, ø ø, ø 3. ø. 1 ød ø ø to ø (ød) (K1). x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) x øn through ød øth uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius x P (Port size) Width across flats K K1 Piston rod cross section ~ = U S V Q F G + Stroke + (Stroke) + Stroke ø. ø ø x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) (ød) (K1) Piston rod cross section øi ød W 3. x øn through Z uilt-in One-touch fittings: ø J øth 1 K1 G Q + Stroke uilt-in One-touch fittings F + (Stroke) 1 + (Stroke) uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) ød + Stroke x ø (Piping tube O.D.) Width across flats K + Stroke 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1. 3. 1. 1... 1 1 x. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. 1.. 1. 3. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. ø asic Style to to to to to,,. 3. 3. 1. C D 3 F... G 1. 1. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note) The positions of piston rod width across flats (K) are not constant. I J. K1. K 3. 3.. 3 3 N 3. 3.... P x. x. x. x. 1/ Q 1. 1 1. 1 1. S 3... Th 1 1 1.3..3.3. U. 3... V 3 W Z. 1 D- Technical data
Series CQKW Dimensions ø to ø3 x H thread effective depth C (lso back cover) (ød) øi x øn through x øo counterbore O1 thread asic style (Through-hole): CQKW/CDQKW oth ends tapped style: CQKW/CDQKW R x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q R uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius Q Width across flats K oth nds Tapped Style 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 (K) Piston rod cross section ød W Z øth J K1 + Stroke + (Stroke) ød + Stroke 1 1 + Stroke 1 + (Stroke) Rod nd ale Thread 3 Without auto switch With auto switch 1 1. 1... 33. 33. x 1. 1 x 1. 1 x 1. 3... Cylinder tube form for ø3 uilt-in One-touch fittings V øz1 x P1 (Piping tube O.D.) uilt-in One-touch Fittings 3 Z1 P1 V.. W1. W1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style 3 to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch...... C 1 1 D H x 1. x 1. x 1. I 3 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note) The positions of piston rod width across flats (K) are not constant. J K1 1 1 K 1 1 N O. depth. depth depth. P 1 / 1 / 1 / Q 1. 3 3 Th... W Z 1 1 1
Compact Cylinder: Non-rotating Rod Type Double cting, Double Rod Series CQKW Foot style: CQKW/CDQKW + Stroke + Stroke H Y Z x ød Special cap bolt Y T Y + (Stroke) G S + Stroke Foot Style 3 Flange style: CQKWF/CDQKWF F FZ to, to, to, FV x øfd FT Without auto switch With auto switch S.. 1.... 3.. 1 + (Stroke) S 3. 1 1 1 D. + Stroke + (Stroke) G + Stroke H 33 3 T 3. 3. 3. + Stroke Y 1. Z 1... Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Y 3 3 Without auto switch With auto switch 1. Without auto switch With auto switch 1. Rod nd ale Thread Rod nd ale Thread 1. 1. 3 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3.. 33. 33. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. 3 + Stroke 1 + (Stroke) Flange Style to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch...... to 3, For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. FD.. FT FV F FZ 1 1 1 Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 3 D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQP ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø How to Order CQP D With auto switch CDQP D W With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) xial piping type ounting style Through-hole Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQP on pages and. Type Nil Pneumatic H ir-hydro Note) Note) s available for airhydro type are ø to ø. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQP-D Nil TN TF 3 mm mm mm mm mm mm mm 3 mm mm mm Port thread type thread Rc NPT G V V ø to ø ø to ø DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V, V V V V, V V V, V C V V V or less V or less ction D Double acting pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN ade to Order Refer to page for details. Number of auto switches Nil S n pcs. 1 pc. n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. ody option Nil Standard (Rod end female thread) C With rubber bumper Note) Combination of body option ( C ) is available. Note) ir-hydro type with rubber bumper is not available. Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke and anufacture of intermediate of Stroke, refer to page. oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. In-line N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder.
Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQP Specifications (Pneumatic) 3 ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa. Pa Rod end male thread JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Piston speed Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s llowable kinetic energy (J) Without cushion Rubber umper..3.3.....1.1.....1. 1. Note) Stroke length tolerance +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of bumper change. 1.3.1.. Symbol ow speed cylinder ( to mm/s) C C ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 3 to.) C3 With coil scraper C3 With boss in rod side 1 Fluororubber seals Specifications Change of rod end shape Heat resistant cylinder ( to 1 ) w/o auto switch only Cold resistant cylinder ( to ) w/o auto switch only ow speed cylinder ( to mm/s) With heavy duty scraper, ø to only Piston rod, retaining ring, rod end nut made of stainless steel Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. Specifications (ir-hydro) ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure mbient and fluid temperature Piston speed Cushion Standard Stroke Pneumatic (Non-lube) Standard stroke Standard stroke,,,, 3,,, 1,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,,,,,, 3,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Description Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Part no. Description xample Stroke length tolerance Note) Refer to ctuator/common Precautions on page. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page. Dealing with intermediate stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by using spacer with standard stroke cylinder.,, to 1 to 1 to 1 to Part No.: CQP-D 1 mm width spacer is installed in the standard CQP-D. dimension is. mm. ir-hydro type is excluded. In the case of spacer type, intermediate stroke with bumper for ø to ø, it can be manufactured by mm intervals in mm and to mm. 3 Double acting, Single rod Turbine oil 1. Pa 1. Pa to to mm/s None +1.mm Note).1 Pa.1 Pa J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQP Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. ounting 1. Do not remove the hexagon socket set screw on the side of the rod. e aware that if the hexagon socket set screw is removed with compressed air supplied to the cylinder, an internal steel ball could fly out or the compressed air could be discharged, leading to injury to humans or damage to peripheral equipment. Type Pneumatic ir-hydro ounting Through-hole (Standard) uilt-in magnet Piping ounting Through-hole (Standard) uilt-in magnet Piping Theoretical Output 3 Screw-in type Rubber bumper Screw-in type Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT x. x. OUT.3 3 1 1 1 31 3 1 3 1 1 x. x. x. x. Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 3/ NPT 3/ G 1/ G 1/ G 1/ G 1/ G 3/ G 3/ Rc 1/. 1 1 1 Rc 1/ IN 3 Rc 1/ Operating pressure (Pa) Rc 1/ Rc 3/. 1 3 3 3 1 31 3 Rc 3/ (N) ass 3 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 1 1 3 1 Cylinder stroke 1 1 1 33 3 3 1 3 31 3 3 3 1 33 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 3 (g) 3 1 3 3 dditional ass Rod end male thread ale thread Nut 1. 1 3 With rubber bumper 3 Calculation: (xample) CQP-DC Cylinder mass: CQP-D g Option mass: 3 g Rubber bumper 3 g g 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 31 (g) 1 1
Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQP ounting olt for CQP/Without uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQP is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. ounting bolt Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CQP-D -D -1D -D -D -D CQP-D -D -1D -D -D -D CQP-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D CQP-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D... 3 3 3 3 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x 3 x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x x 3 x x x x x x x x CQP-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQP-D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQP-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D.. 3 1 3 1 x x 3 x x x x x x x x x 1 x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x CQP3-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQP-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D CQP-D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D. 1 1. 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x 1 x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQP Construction e!3t!1!r! yq! w - section (Rod side port) - section (Head side port) i o u With rubber bumper Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Rod end nut umper umper Steel balls Hexagon socket head set screw Piston seal Rod seal Gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casting Carbon tool steel earing alloy Carbon steel Urethane Urethane Carbon steel lloy steel NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, Chromated, Painted Phosphate coated ø to ø Nickel plated Nickel plated Replacement Parts: Seal Kit 3 Pneumatic (Non-lube) CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ3-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS Kit no. ir-hydro CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH3-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS Note Set of left nos.!,!3,! Seal kit includes!,!3,!. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQP Stroke D Copper and ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø fluorine-free series To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa None Screw-in piping to mm/s Through-hole ountable
xial Piping: Double cting, Single Rod Series CDQP With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications P. 3 to 1 Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting P. to Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. dditional ass Rod end ale thread male thread Nut With rubber bumper Rod end ale thread ale thread Nut With rubber bumper 1. 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 1 3 31 (g) 1 3 1 1 ass ore size 3 1 1 1 1 31 1 3 1 3 31 3 1 3 Cylinder stroke 3 1 31 3 1 1 33 1 3 1 33 3 1 3 3 1 3 1 3 (g) Calculation: (xample) CDQP-DC Cylinder mass: CDQP-D g 1 Option mass: 3 g Q-1 Q- Q- Rubber bumper 3 g 3 g dd each mass of auto switches and mounting brackets. Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ass (g) 1. 1. For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. Construction J e!1toi!ryq u!w CQS CQ RQ CQ U uto switch - section (Rod side port) - section (Head side port) Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing agnet Steel balls Hexagon socket head set screw Piston seal Rod seal Gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy Carbon steel lloy steel NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, Chromated, painted Phosphate coated ø to ø Nickel plated Replacement Parts/Seal Kit 3 Pneumatic (Non-lube) CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ3-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS Kit no. ir-hydro CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS CQH3-PS CQH-PS CQH-PS Note Set of left nos.!,!1,! Seal kit includes!,!1,!. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) D- Technical data
Series CQP ounting olt for CDQP/With uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQP is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs. ounting bolt Cylinder model CDQP-D -D C D 3 ounting bolt size 3 x 3 x Cylinder model CDQP-D -D C D ounting bolt size x x Cylinder model CDQP3-D -1D C D ounting bolt size x x -1D x -1D x -D x -D. x -D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -D. x -3D x CDQP-D 3 x -3D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -1D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -D x -D -D CDQP-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x -D -D CDQP-D -D -1D -D 1 x 1 x x x x x -D CDQP-D -1D -D -D -D 1 x 1 x x x x x -D x -D x -3D 1 x. -D x -D x -D x. -3D x -3D x -D x -D -D -D CDQP-D -D -1D -D x x x x x x x -D -D -D -D -D CDQP-D -1D 1 x x x x x 1 x x -D -D -D CDQP-D -1D -D -D 1 x x x 1 x x x x -D x -D x -D x. -D x -D x -3D 1. x -3D -D -D -D x x x x -D -3D -D -D -D. x x x x x -D -D -D -D -D 1 1 x x 1 x x 1 x -D -D x x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated
Dimensions ø to ø/ Without uto Switch ø to ø H thread effective depth C Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Double cting, Single Rod øi.3 Series CQP ød W Width across flats 1 asic Style ø to ø H thread effective depth C K K Width across flats 1 asic Style 3 Plug Plug to to to to to, to, to, to, to, to,.. ød 3.. 3.. 3. 3. 1 1. 1.. C + Stroke + Stroke D 3 33 + Stroke + Stroke 1 1 1 1. x øn through x øo counterbore 1 1 F 1 1 H 3 x. x. x. x 1. x øn through x øo counterbore øi I 3 F K Z F 1 1 3. 3.. 3 1 3. 1 x x. (Port size) N 3. 3... x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) 1 1 Q J 1. 1.. W x. x 1. x 1. x 1. O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth...... 33. 33. 3. 3. W 3 1. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. C D F H I J K N O P Q W Z 3 33. 3... 3 3. 3. 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x. 3 1. 1 1 x. 1. Rod nd ale Thread Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are the same as standard type, as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Rod nd ale Thread 3... depth depth depth depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 3/ 3/.. 1... 3. 3... 3. 3. 3 3. 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQP Dimensions ø to ø/ With uto Switch ø to ø H thread effective depth C. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius.3 asic Style U S S ~ ~ = = U H thread effective depth C K to to to 31. 3 3. 31. K C Plug For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. Width across flats 1 Plug ød ød + Stroke + Stroke to 3.. 33 1. x 1. Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are the same as standard type, as shown above. ø to ø D 3 1 1 1 1 1 F 1 1 H 3 x. x. x. I 3 K x øn through x øo counterbore øi øi x øn through x øo counterbore 3. 3.. 3 1 1 N 3. 3... 1 O F Rod nd ale Thread 1. 1... depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth Z F x. x 1. x 1. x 1. S 33. 3.. U. 3.... Q 1 J W x x. (Port size). 1. W 3 1. x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) W. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius + Stroke + Stroke asic Style C Width across flats 1 D F H 3 1 1...... 33. 33. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. 3 to to to to to to.. 3. 33 3.. 3. 3 1 1 1 1 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x. x. 3 1. 1. 1 1 3... depth depth depth depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. 1/ 1/ 1/ 1/ 3/ 3/... 3... 3.... 1. 3 3 Note) xternal dimensions with rubber bumper are the same as standard type, as shown above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. I J K N O Rod nd ale Thread P Q S U W 3. 3... 3. 3. Z
Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQP ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø How to Order CQP T With auto switch CDQP T W ounting style Through-hole With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) xial piping type Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQP on pages 1 and 1. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQP-S Nil TN TF thread Rc NPT G mm mm mm mm mm mm mm Port thread type ø to ø ø to ø Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke, refer to page. V DC V, V V V, V V V, V V V, V C ction S T ody option pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire V (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN V V V, V V V, V V V V or less V or less NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W Nil ade to Order Refer to page for details. Number of auto switches Nil S n pcs. 1 pc. n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. Standard (Rod end female thread) Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. In-line N P NW PW W N P FF H 3. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. Relay, PC Relay, PC J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQP Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure (Pa) Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa...1.1.1.1. mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Not required (Non-lube) Piston speed to mm/s llowable kinetic energy (J)..3...1.. JIS Symbol Single acting, Spring return Single acting, Spring extend Stroke length tolerance +1.mm Symbol C C3 With boss in rod side 1 ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages 3, and 1.) Change of rod end shape Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel Fluororubber seals Specifications Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. ounting 1. Do not remove the hexagon socket set screw on the side of the rod. e aware that if the hexagon socket set screw is removed with compressed air supplied to the cylinder, an internal steel ball could fly out or the compressed air could be discharged, leading to injury to humans or damage to peripheral equipment. Standard Stroke to x. x. Standard stroke x.,, anufacture of Intermediate Stroke (xcept single acting, spring return) Type Pneumatic Description Part no. Description xample ounting uilt-in magnet Piping Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. Part no.: CQP-3T CQP-T with mm width spacer inside. dimension is. mm. Through-hole (Standard) Screw-in type x. 1 to 1 to 1 Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/
Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Single cting, Single Rod Series CQP Theoretical Output ction Spring return Spring extend For spring force, refer to page..3 1 33 3 1 1 31 Operating pressure (Pa). 3 31 1. 3 33 1 3 ounting olt for CQP/Without uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQP is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. (N) ounting bolt ass ction Spring return Spring extend dditional ass Rod end male thread ale thread Nut 1. 1 33 3 3 33 3 3 Cylinder stroke 3 Calculation: (xample) CQP-S Cylinder mass: CQP-S g Option mass: 3 g g 1 1 1 1 (g) (g) 3 Spring Return Cylinder model CQP-S -S CQP-S -S CQP-S -S CQP-S -S CQP-S -S CQP-S -S CQP-S -S C..... D 3 3 3 ounting bolt size 3 x x 3 x x x x x x 3 x x 3 x 3 x x x J CQS CQ RQ CQ U ounting bolt Spring xtend Cylinder model CQP-T -T CQP-T -T CQP-T -T CQP-T -T CQP-T -T CQP-T -T CQP-T -T C..... D 3 3 3 ounting bolt size 3 x x 3 x x x x x x 3 x x 3 x 3 x x x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 1 D- Technical data
Series CQP Construction Spring return eyt!!1 rquio! w! Port size x. - section (Rod side port) - section (Head side port) Spring extend! rt!!1! yq! wu io!3 - section (Rod side port) - section (Head side port) Component Parts No. Description 1 Cylinder tube Piston 3 Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Return spring ronze element Retaining ring Plug with fixed orifice Steel balls Hexagon socket head set screw Rod end nut aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy Piano wire Sintered metallic C Carbon tool steel lloy steel Carbon steel lloy steel Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø, Chromate, Painted Phosphate coated Zinc chromated Port size Rc 1/, 1/ Port size x. Nickel plated Carbon steel Nickel plated On spring extend (Type T), piston and piston rod are integrated (stainless steel). No. 1 Note How to order Description Piston seal Rod seal Gasket aterial NR NR NR Replacement Parts/Seal Kit Single acting/spring return CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS set includes!. Seal kit includes!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Note Single acting/spring extend CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS Kits include items!,! and! from the table above Seal kit includes!,!,!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) CQP Stroke Copper and fluorine-free series S T () ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure aximum operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Single acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa None Screw-in piping to mm/s Through-hole ountable
xial Piping: Single cting, Single Rod Series CDQP With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. P. 3 to 1 P. to ass ction eyt!!1rqu!3io! w!rt!!1!y!3q!wu i o! Port size x. No. 1 3 Spring return Spring extend 1 Construction uto switch 1 1 1 3 1 3 Spring return - section (Rod side port) Component Parts Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring ushing Return spring ronze element Retaining ring Plug with fixed orifice Steel balls 3 3 1 1 3 3 aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy casted Carbon tool steel earing alloy Piano wire Sintered metallic C Carbon tool steel lloy steel Carbon steel lloy steel NR NR Cylinder stroke 1 1 3 (g) - section (Head side port) Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø, Chromate, Painted Phosphate coated Zinc chromated Port size Rc 1/, 1/ Port size x. Hexagon socket head set screw Nickel plated agnet Piston seal Rod seal Gasket NR On spring extend (Type T), piston and piston rod are integrated (stainless steel). dditional ass Rod end male thread Q-1 Q- uto switch ale thread Nut 1. 1 3 Calculation: (xample) CDQP-S Cylinder mass: CDQP-S g Option mass: 3 g g Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø Q- ø to ø For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. Spring extend - section (Rod side port) - section (Head side port) Replacement Parts/Seal Kit Note How to order Single acting/spring return CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS CQ-S-PS set includes!. Seal kit includes!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. 1 ass (g) 1. 1. 1 3 (g) dd each mass of auto switches and mounting brackets when auto switches are mounted. Single acting/spring extend CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS CQ-T-PS Kits include items!,! and! from the table above Seal kit includes!,!,!. Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQP ounting olt for CDQP/With uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQP is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs. ounting bolt ounting bolt Spring Return C..... D 3 ounting bolt size 3 x 3 x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x Spring xtend C.1.... D ounting bolt size 3 x x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 1
Dimensions Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Single cting, Single Rod ø to ø/spring Return without uto Switch Series CQP ø to ø H thread effective depth C.3 øi ød W asic Style ø to ø K st.. st. 3 3. st 3... H thread effective depth C st... K Plug Width across flats 1 C D Plug 3 33 1 1 1 1. Width across flats 1 ød 1 1 F.. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 x øn through x øo counterbore K 3. 3.. 3 x øn through x øo counterbore øi N 3. 3... O Z F F. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth W 3 1. 1 1. P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q 1 x. (Port size) Rod nd ale Thread 1 J W 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Rod nd ale Thread 1.... 33. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. asic Style st 3 1. st.. st. st 3. st 33 3.. st. C 1 D F.. H x 1. x 1. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. I J. K 1 3 N... O depth depth depth P 1/ 1/ 1/ Q W. Z 3 1 D- Technical data
Series CQP Dimensions ø to ø/spring Return with uto Switch ø to ø H thread effective depth C. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius S ød W.3 U øi H thread effective depth C K K Plug Width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style ø to ø st st st st 3. 3 1. 1.. 33 3. 3. 3. 3. 1.. C D Plug 3 33 1 1 1 1. 1 1 F.. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K x øn through x øo counterbore 3. 3.. 3 N 3. 3... x øn through x øo counterbore O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth S Z F 33. 3.. 1 1 F U. 3... 1 W. 3 1. 1 x. (Port size) Rod nd ale Thread 1. 1.. x. x 1. x 1. x 1. P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size). 1. øi U S ød W Q J. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius Width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style st st st st st st 1.... 3. 3... 1.. x 1. x 1. x 1. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. C D F H I J. K 1 3 N... Rod nd ale Thread O depth depth depth P 1/ 1/ 1/ 1 Q.. S. U. 3.. 33. W. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. Z 3 3. 3..
Dimensions Compact Cylinder: xial Piping Type Single cting, Single Rod ø to ø/spring xtend without uto Switch Series CQP ø to ø H thread effective depth C.3 øi 1 ød W K Plug x øn through x øo counterbore x. (Port size) F. Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 st st 1. 3..... x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. asic Style st st st st. 3 3... 3...... C D 3 33 1 1 1 1. 1 1 F.. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K st st...... 1 3 N 3. 3... O. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth W 3 1. J ø to ø H thread effective depth C Plug P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) F Z x øn through x øo counterbore CQS øi Q J W CQ RQ ød CQ K U Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1.. st 33. 33. st st 3. 3. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. asic Style st st st st st st.... 3. 33 3... 1.. x 1. x 1. x 1.. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. C D F H I J K 1 st st st 1 1 1 3 N... O depth depth depth P 1/ 1/ 1/ Q W. Z 3 1 D- Technical data
Series CQP Dimensions ø to ø/spring xtend with uto Switch ø to ø H thread effective depth C. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius S ød.3 W U øi K Plug Width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. asic Style st st st st.... 3. 3. 3. 3... 1.. C D 3 33 1 1 1 1. 1 1 F.. H 3 x. x. x. x 1. I 3 K st st...... 1 x øn through x øo counterbore 3 x. (Port size) Rod nd ale Thread N 3. 3... 1 1 O 1. depth 3.. depth 3. depth depth F S 33. 3.. U. 3... st st 1. 3.. W 3 1..... 1 x. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1. ø to ø H thread effective depth C K Plug P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) x øn through x øo counterbore F Z øi U S ød W Q J. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius Width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. Rod nd ale Thread 1.. st 33. 33. st st 3. 3. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. asic Style st st st st st st C.... 3. 3... 1.. x 1. x 1. x 1.. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. D F H I J K 1 st st st 1 1 1 3 N... O depth depth depth P 1/ 1/ 1/ Q S. 3. U. 3. W. Z 3
Compact Cylinder: nti-lateral oad Type Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø How to Order CQ S D C With auto switch CDQ S D C W F G D S mm mm mm 3 3 mm mm mm Nil TN TF V V Rc NPT G pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Reed switch Solid state switch With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Foot style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting brackets are shipped together, (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQS on pages and. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQS-DC Type Special function lectrical entry Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Form nti-lateral load type Port thread type Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke, refer to page. Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN DC D V, V V V, V V V, V V V, V V V V, V V V, V ction Double acting C V V V or less V or less NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V V 3V V 3C C W Nil F Nil Cushion C Rubber bumper oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular ody option 1 In-line N P NW PW W N P FF PDW H 3. (Nil) 1 () 3 () ade to Order Refer to page for details. Number of auto switches (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. Nil S n pcs. 1 pc. n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. ody option Standard With boss in head side Standard (Rod end female thread) 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 3 Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod C C C 1 Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. Symbol ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to pages to and 1.) Specifications Intermediate stroke (Using exclusive body) Piston rod and rod end nut made of stainless steel Double clevis pins include copper pins and a flat washer. Double clevis pins and double knuckle pins made of stainless steel Fluororubber seals,, 3,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, to 1 to, to to to 3 Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/...1 1..1. Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ Not required (Non-lube) Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ to mm/s +1.mm Note) Stroke length tolerance Note) Stroke length tolerance dose not include the amount of dumper change. Standard Stroke anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Type Pneumatic ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy (J) Description Part no. Description xample Standard stroke Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. Part no.: CQS-DC CQS-DC with 1 mm width spacer. dimension is. mm. xclusive body (-) Suffix - to the end of standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval by using an exclusive body with the specified stroke. Part no.: CQS-DC- akes stroke tube. dimension is. mm. In the case of special body type for bore to (-), standard value for longitudinal dimension will be changed. Subtract from and stroke dimensions and figure it out. ounting uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style With rubber bumper (standard) With boss in head side Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/ Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ Rc 3/ NPT 3/ G 3/ Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no.
Compact Cylinder: nti-lateral oad Type Series CDQ Copper and Fluorine-free Series (For CRT manufacturing process) llowable oad at Rod nd -CQS Stroke DC() ø, ø, ø, ø3, Copper and ø, ø fluorine-free series To prevent the influence of copper ions or halogen ions during CRT manufacturing processes, copper and fluorine materials are not used in the component parts. Specifications ction Proof pressure ax. operating pressure Rubber bumper Piping Piston speed ounting uto switch Double acting, Single rod ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø 1. Pa 1. Pa With (Standard equipment) Screw-in piping to mm/s oth ends tapped style ountable Without uto Switch llowable lateral load W (N) ø ø ø3 ø ø ø Stroke St With uto Switch llowable lateral load W (N) ø ø ø3 ø ø ø Stroke St Theoretical Output ass 3 3 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT Cylinder stroke 1 3 3 3 3 1 13.3 1 31 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 OUT Operating pressure (Pa). 1 3 3 3 33 3 IN. 3 3 1 1 31 31 3 3 1 1 3 (N) 3 1 3 3 1 333 3 33 (g) J CQS CQ RQ CQ U dditional ass oth ends tapped style Foot style (Including mounting bolt) ale thread Nut Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 33 3 33 3 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 (g) Calculation: (xample) CQDS-DC Cylinder mass: CQS-DC g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g 3 g Double clevis style g g D- Technical data
Series CQ Construction!1 rt!3 iyqe! owu! Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring umper umper ushing Wear ring Rod end nut Rod seal Piston seal Tube gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon steel luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane earing alloy Resin Carbon steel NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated Hard chrome plated nodized Phosphate coated Nickel plated Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Kit no. Contents CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS 3 CQ3-PS Set of left nos.!1,!,!3 CQ-PS CQ-PS Seal kit includes!1,!,!3. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) ounting racket Part No. 3 Foot (1) Flange Double clevis CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 CQ-D CQ-D Note 1) Order two foot brackets per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows: Foot, Flange/ody mounting bolt, Double clevis/clevis pin, type C retaining ring for axis, ody mounting bolt.
Compact Cylinder: nti-lateral oad Type Series CDQ With uto Switch Refer to page below for further information on auto switches. uto switch specifications P. 3 to 1 Proper auto switch mounting position and height inimum stroke for auto switch mounting P. to Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. ass 3 1 3 1 1 3 3 Construction 3 33 1 3 1 1 333 3 3 uto switch Cylinder stroke 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 (g) 1 3 dditional ass oth ends tapped style With auto switch Calculation: (xample) CDQDS-DC Cylinder mass: CDQS-DC 3 g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g 3 g Double clevis style g 3 g! rt! iyqe!!3 owu ale thread Nut Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Included pin, retaining ring, bolt)!1 3 1 3 1 1 1 1 3 3 33 3 33 1 3 3 1 1 For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. 1 1 (g) 1 dd the mass of auto switches and mounting brackets when auto switches are mounted. uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. Q- Q- pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ass (g) 1. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Collar Retaining ring umper umper ushing Wear ring agnet Rod end nut Rod seal Piston seal Tube gasket aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon steel luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Urethane Urethane earing alloy Resin Carbon steel NR NR NR Note Hard anodized Chromated Hard chrome plated nodized Phosphate coated Replacement Parts: Seal Kit Kit no. Contents CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS 3 CQ3-PS Set of left nos.!,!3,! CQ-PS CQ-PS Seal kit includes!,!3,!. Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) D- Technical data
Series CQ ounting olt ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQS is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. ounting bolt ounting olt for CQS/Without uto Switch CQS- DC - DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQS- DC - DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQS- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC C.. D ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x 1 x x x x x x x x x x 1 x 1 C D ounting bolt size CQS3- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQS- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQS- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC. 1 1. 1 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x 1 x x 1 x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated
Compact Cylinder: nti-lateral oad Type Series CQ ounting olt for CDQS/With uto Switch (uilt-in agnet) CDQS- DC - DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CDQS- DC - DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CDQS- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC C.. D ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x 1 x x x x x x x x x x 1 x 1 CDQS3- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CDQS- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CDQS- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC C. 1 1. D ounting bolt size x x x x x x x x 1 x 1 x x x x x x x x x 1 x 1 x 1 x 1 x x x x x x 1 x 1 x x x 1 x 1 1 x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ ø to ø asic style (Through-hole): CQS/CDQS (In the case of auto switches, and dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension chart.) O1 thread oth ends tapped style: CQS/CDQS CDQS R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius F øi Z ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Dimensions of with boss in head side are equivalent to Series CQ, double acting, single rod. Refer to page. Rod nd ale Thread 1.... 33. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. Without auto switch With auto switch C D F H I J K N O P Q W Z to, 33 3 3. x 1.. 3. depth 1/.. to,.. 3.... x 1.. depth 1/ to,...... 1. x 1. 1. depth 1/. 1 1
Compact Cylinder: nti-lateral oad Type Series CQ Foot style: CQS/CDQS Z F FZ H Y x ød Special cap bolt FV x øfd + Stroke + Stroke CT FT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke Y + Stroke T + Stroke FT + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt RR FV øcd hole H xis d Special cap bolt Y G S + Stroke Rod side flange style: CQFS/CDQFS Head side flange style: CQGS/CDQGS Special cap bolt F FZ Double clevis style: CQDS/CDQDS CZ.1.3 C +. +. x øfd Foot Style to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, * Dimensions and except, rod side are flange the same style. as Without auto switch S.. 3. 3... 33 3 3.... 1 3. 33. 1.. G Rod Side Flange Style.... H 33 3 33 3 3.... T 3. 3. 3... With auto switch S. 3.. 3.. 3.. Y... 33.. Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT 1 1 1 Head Side Flange Style ( ) Double Clevis Style to, to, to, to, to, to, 3. 3. 3. 3 Z 1 FV Without auto switch With auto switch........ 33. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Without auto switch C.... 33 3 3........ CW C 1 1 CZ 3 3.. 3.... 33. C.. N 1 1 1... CD x 1. x 1. x 1. F 3. 3. 3. Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated FZ Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated With auto switch CT RR Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. D.. 31 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ ø3 to ø asic style (Through-hole): CQS/CDQS Dimensions of with boss in head side are equivalent to Series CQ, double acting, single rod. Refer to page 1. (In the case of auto switches, and dimensions will be only changed. Refer to the dimension chart.) oth ends tapped style: CQS/CDQS O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius F øi Z ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 3 1 1.. 33. 3. 3. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1.. 3. 3. 3 to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 3. 3. 3. 3. 3 3 3. 3. 3 C 1 1 D F.. H x 1. x. x. I 3 1 J. K 1 N O depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. P 1/ 3/ 3/ Q 1 3 W 3. Z 1
Compact Cylinder: nti-lateral oad Type Series CQ Foot style: CQS/CDQS Z F FZ H x N Cap bolt CT Y x ød Special cap bolt FV + Stroke + Stroke + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke FT FV øcd hole H xis d RR + Stroke Y T + Stroke Y F FZ CZ.1.3 Special cap bolt G S + Stroke Rod side flange style: CQFS/CDQFS Head side flange style: CQGS/CDQGS C Special cap bolt +. +. x øfd Double clevis style: CQDS/CDQDS Foot Style 3 3 3 3 to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to, to 3, to, to, and Dimensions except, rod side are flange the same style. as 3 Without auto switch S.. 3. 3. 3 3 3. 33. 3 G Rod Side Flange Style 3. 3. 1 Head Side Flange Style ( ) Double Clevis Style to, to, to, H 1 3. 3. 3 3 T 3.. 3. With auto switch S. 3. 3 3. 3 Y 1. 1 Without auto switch With auto switch FD 3. 3. 3. 33. 3 Z 1 1 FT FV Without auto switch With auto switch 3 3.. 3. 33. 3. 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Without auto switch C.. 1 3. 3. 3 3 1. 1. CW C CZ With auto switch C. 1 3. 3 1. 1. 3 F 3. 3. 3. Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated FZ 1 1. 3 to, to, to, 3 33. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated N CD 1 RR CT 31 D 33 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: With nd ock Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø With auto switch ø, ø Through-hole/oth ends tapped common (Standard) Foot style F Rod side flange style G Head side flange style D Double clevis style Note 1) ounting brackets are shipped together (but not assembled). mm mm mm mm 3 mm 3 mm mm mm CQ CDQ With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style ø to ø F G D Nil TN TF Port thread type thread Rc NPT G V, V V V V, V V V, V V V, V V V V V, V V V, V ø to ø ø to ø Cylinder stroke For Standard Stroke and anufacture of intermediate of Stroke, refer to page 3. D C D C pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Reed switch Solid state switch Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Double clevis style Note ) t the, and strokes with ø, ø, both ends tapped () is the standard. Throughhole () is not available. Note 3) ounting brackets are shipped together, (but not assembled). Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Indicator light Yes Yes Yes No Yes No Through-hole (Standard) Note ) oth ends tapped style Foot style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Wiring (Output) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet ead wire length symbols:. m Nil 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN How to Order H H ø, ø ø to ø ø, ø ø ø to ø NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV NV PV V N P NW PW W N P FF PDW V 3V V 3C C W N N ock position H Head end lock R Rod end lock W anual release type N Non-lock type ock type ody option C With rubber bumper, Rod end female thread (Standard) C With rubber bumper, ction D Double acting oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) Perpendicular In-line DC C V V V or less V or less H 3. (Nil) Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch Refer to the table below for the applicable auto switch model. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQ-DC-R 1 () 3 () None (Z) (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW type is available from ø up to ø only. Only for D-PDW type, an auto switch is assembled and shipped with the cylinder. There are other applicable auto switches other than the listed above. For details, refer to page. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 3 Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa.1 Pa Note) mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Piston speed llowable kinetic energy (J) Stroke length tolerance ock position Holding force (ax.) (N) Pressure for unlocking acklash anual release Note). Pa except for the lock unit. Not required (Non-lube) to mm/s...1... 1.3 +1.mm Head end, Rod end.1 Pa or less mm or less Non-lock type, ock type. 1 3 1 3 Standard Stroke Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with auto switches. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. Standard stroke to 3, 1,,,,,,,,, anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Description Part no. Description xample Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page 3. Dealing with the stroke by the mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. to to Part no.: CQ-DC-H CQ-DC-H with mm width spacer inside. ounting racket Part No. 3 Foot (1) Flange Double clevis () CQS- CQS- CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- CQS-F CQS-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F CQS-D CQS-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 CQ-D CQ-D Note 1) When ordering foot bracket, order pieces per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot or Flange style: ody mounting bolt, Double clevis style: Clevis pin, type C retaining ring for axis, body mounting bolt. Note 3) Clevis pin and retaining ring are included with the double clevis style. 3
Compact Cylinder: With nd ock Series CQ llowable Kinetic nergy llowable ateral oad at Rod nd With Rubber umper. Pa. Pa With uto Switch (nti-lateral load) oad mass (kg) 1. ø ø ø3 ø ø ø ø ø llowable lateral load W (N) 3 1 ø ø ø3 ø ø ø ø ø aximum speed (mm/s) Stroke St W (ounting orientation: Horizontal) J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- 3 Technical data
Series CQ ounting olt for CQ ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt x pcs. ounting bolt e sure to use the attached flat washers when mounting ø and ø cylinders with through-holes. With head end lock (H) Cylinder model C CQ-DC-H -1DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H CQ-DC-H -1DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H CQ-DC-H -1DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H CQ-DC-H -1DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H. D 1 1 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x 1 x 1 Cylinder model CQ-DC-H -1DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H CQ3-DC-H -1DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H -DC-H CQ-DC-H -DC-H CQ-DC-H -DC-H C... D 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x 1 With rod end lock (R) Cylinder model C D. 1 CQ-DC-R -1DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R CQ-DC-R -1DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R 3 CQ-DC-R -1DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R CQ-DC-R -1DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R.. 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x 1 x Cylinder model CQ-DC-R -1DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R CQ3-DC-R -1DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R -DC-R CQ-DC-R -DC-R CQ-DC-R -DC-R C.. 1 1. D 1 1 1 1 1 ounting bolt size x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x 1 x 1 x x 1 x 1 x
Compact Cylinder: With nd ock Series CQ Construction t r!1 e ø to ø3 y!iqwu!o@ 3!!!3!!!! @! @1 @ @@@@ 3 anual release (ock type): Suffix Head end lock Cylinder tube form for ø to ø3 No. 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 ø, Part Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Rod end lock Component Parts Collar Retaining ring ushing agnet umper umper Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket ock piston seal Piston gasket ock piston Gasket ock spring umper Head cover ock bolt Hexagon socket head cap screw Rubber cap Cap Cap /O knob /O bolt /O spring Stopper ring Hexagon socket head cap screw Cylinder tube form for ø or less! aterial Note luminum alloy Hard anodized luminum alloy Chromated Carbon steel Hard chrome plated R luminum alloy nodized H luminum alloy ø or less, nodized luminum alloy casting ø or more, Painted after chromated Carbon tool steel Phosphate coated Copper alloy R Used for all bore sizes H Used for ø and larger With auto switch Urethane Urethane NR NR NR Using pcs. for ø, NR NR Nothing for ø, Carbon steel Quenched, hard chrome plated NR Stainless steel Urethane luminum alloy nodized Carbon steel Quenched, lectroless nickel plated lloy steel lack zinc chromated Synthetic rubber luminum casted lack painted Carbon steel Oxide film treated Zinc die-casted lack painted lloy steel lack zinc chromated, Red painted Steel wire Zinc chromated Rolled steel Zinc chromated lloy steel Nickel plated ø, 3 Cylinder tube form for ø or more! CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ3-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS! Replacement Parts: Seal Kit nd lock type Kit no. Contents Set of nos. above!!1!!3! @1 @ and grease pack Seal kit includes!,!1,!,!3,!, @1, @ Order the seal kit based on each bore size. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions: ø, ø asic style (Through-hole/oth ends tapped common): CQ/CDQ x x øo counterbore depth R 1 H thread effective depth C x x O effective depth R With head end lock x x. nd lock mechanism anual release ( Non-lock type ) ø D nd lock mechanism (anual release lock type) ø1 øi HR 1 ød x øn through HN K Flat washer Q + Stroke + Stroke Q D 1 D 1 1 HR.. HN (ax..) 1 With rod end lock nd lock mechanism anual release ( Non-lock type ) x x. D ø 1 ød x øn through Flat washer Q + Stroke + Stroke F Standard stroke, 1,,,,, 1,,,, 1 1. x 1. x 1. 1.... Standard stroke, 1,,,,, 1,,,, With head end lock.. 1.. 1.. With rod end lock.. F.... 1 C D 3 H x. x 1. I K. N.. O x 1. x 1. O Q R R
Compact Cylinder: With nd ock Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Special cap bolt H Y x ød Z + Stroke T Y Y G S + Stroke + Stroke Foot Style Standard stroke, 1,,,,, 1,,,, Standard stroke, 1,,,,, With head end lock... 1... 1. S 1 D G.. With rod end lock... 1... S.. H T Y Z 3. 3... Y.. Rod end nut Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF F FZ FV Rod end nut + Stroke + Stroke x øfd FT FT + Stroke + Stroke Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG Rod end nut F FZ FV x øfd Rod Side Flange Style Standard stroke, 1,,,,, 1,,,, Standard stroke, 1,,,,,, 1,,,,, 1,,,,, 1,,,,, 3.... FD.. FD.. 1 FT FT Head Side Flange Style Standard stroke Standard stroke With head end lock With rod end lock 1.. 1 FV 3 FV 3 1.... F.. With head end lock F.. FZ.. FZ.... 1. 1.. With rod end lock 1.... J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT + Stroke CW RR C + Stroke + Stroke Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d C CZ +. +..1.3 Double Clevis Style Standard stroke, 1,,,,, 1,,,, Standard stroke, 1,,,,,.. 1 CD With head end lock 1 CT C 3.... 1 CW 1 1.... C.. 1 CZ With rod end lock.. RR C.... 1 1.... D- Rod end nut 1 Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions: ø to ø asic style (Through-hole): CQ/CDQ H thread effective depth C W oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ x øn through x x øo counterbore depth R O1 thread R1 Head end lock nd lock mechanism anual release ( Non-lock type ) ørf R1 D 3 Rod end lock D O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. R1 1 øi Z ød HR K W ø3, ø, ø Cylinder tube form J x P (Port size) Q øo + Stroke + Stroke nd lock mechanism (anual release lock type) HN Q 3 D.. Q D. + Stroke + Stroke nd ock echanism Dimensions HR 33. 3. 1. HN (ax..).. F 1 1 1 1 O 1 1 1 1 3 3 W RF 1 1 3 Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,,.... 3. 3... 3. 3. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1... 33. 33. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3 3 Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,, 1,,,,,,,, C 1 1 1. 3. 1 1.. D.. 1 1.. H x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x. x. Q. 1. 1 1 3 I 3 1 J.. t the and strokes with ø,, both ends tapped () is the standard. Through-hole () is not available. With Head nd ock Standard stroke 3 K 1 1 3 With Rod nd ock Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,, N... 1. 3. 1.. O 1. 1... 1 3. 1 1. P Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 3/ Rc 3/ F.... 1 3 R... W. 1 3. Z 1 1 Q.. 1 1 3 3
Compact Cylinder: With nd ock Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Z H Y x ød + Stroke Y Y S + Stroke T Special cap bolt G Foot Style 3 Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,, With head end lock With rod end lock.. 1. 3. S.... 1.. 1.. S.... 1. 1 1 3. 3.. 1. 1 1... 1.. 1... 1. 1 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. D.. Rod end nut + Stroke 3 Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,, G H 33 3 1 T 3. 3. 3. 3.. Y 1. 1 Z 1 1 1.... 1. 3 Y.. J Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF FV x øfd F FZ FT + Stroke + Stroke Rod Side Flange Style 3 Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,, With head end lock With rod end lock. 1 3... 1 1 1. 3... 1 FD 3. 3. 1.. 1....... FT FV F 1 FZ CQS CQ RQ CQ U Standard stroke Rod end nut 3, 1,,,,,,, 1 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3 D- 3 Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions: ø to ø Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG + Stroke + Stroke FT F FZ FV x øfd Head Side Flange Style 3 Standard stroke, 1,,,,,,,, With head end lock...... 33. 33. 3.... 1 With rod end lock.. 33. 33. 1 1 3.. 3. 3. 1 3. 1 3. 3.. 3. 1 3. 1.. 3. 1.. 3. Standard stroke FD FT FV F FZ Rod end nut Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke Rod end nut x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR C CZ +. +..1.3 3 3 3, 1,,,,, Double Clevis Style, 1,,,,,,,,, 1,,,,,,,. 1 1 3 CW 3. C 1 1.. 1 1 1 1 1. CZ 3 3 3. 3 N. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. x 1. 3. RR 1. 1 With head end lock With rod end lock Standard stroke CD C C Standard stroke.. 1... 1.. 3.. 1 1 1 1 1.. 1. 1 1 1.. 1... 1. CT 31.. 33. 33. 3. 3. 3. 3.
Series CQ Specifit Product Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Use the Recommended Pneumatic Circuit Caution This is necessary for the correct locking and unlocking actions. Head end lock Caution Operating Precautions Operating Pressure Rod end lock 1. Do not use 3 position solenoid valves. void use in combination with 3 position solenoid valves (especially closed center metal seal types). If pressure is trapped in the port on the lock mechanism side, the cylinder cannot be locked. Furthermore, even after being locked, the lock may be released after some time, due to air leaking from the solenoid valve and entering the cylinder.. ack pressure is required when releasing the lock. efore starting operation, be sure to control the system so that air is supplied to the side without the lock mechanism as shown in the figure above. There is a possibility that the lock may not be released. (Refer to the section on releasing the lock.) 3. Release the lock when mounting or adjusting the cylinder. If mounting or other work is performed when the cylinder is locked, the lock unit may be damaged.. Operate with a load ratio of % or less. If the load ratio exceeds %, this may cause problems such as failure of the lock to release, or damage to the lock unit.. Do not operate multiple cylinders in synchronization. void applications in which two or more end lock cylinders are synchronized to move one workpiece, as one of the cylinder locks may not be able to release when required.. Use a speed controller with meter-out control. ock cannot be released occasionally by meter-in control.. e sure to operate completely to the cylinder stroke end on the side with the lock. If the cylinder piston does not reach the end of stroke, locking and unlocking may not be possible.. djust the position of an auto switch, so that it could work at the both positions where it is distanced from the stroke and a backlash ( mm). When a -color indication switch is adjusted for green indication at the stroke end, it may change to red for the backlash return, but this is not abnormal. Caution 1. Supply air pressure of.1 Pa or higher to the port on the side that has the lock mechanism, as it is necessary for disengaging the lock. Caution Warning Caution,,,, 3, xhaust Speed 1. When the pressure on the side with the lock mechanism drops to. Pa or below, the lock engages automatically. If the piping on the side with the lock mechanism is thin and long, or if the speed controller is away from the cylinder port, the lock engagement may take some due to decline of the exhaust speed. The same result will be caused by clogging of the silencer installed at the H port of the solenoid valve. Releasing the ock 1. efore releasing the lock, be sure to supply air to the side without the lock mechanism, so that there is no load applied to the lock mechanism when it is released. (Refer to the recommended pneumatic circuits.) If the lock is released when the port on the other side is in an exhaust state, and with a load applied to the lock unit, the lock unit may be subjected to an excessive force and be damaged. lso, it is very dangerous because the piston rod will be rushed to move. anual Release 1. anual release (Non-lock type) Insert the accessory bolt from the top of the rubber cap (it is not necessary to remove the rubber cap), and after screwing it into the lock piston, pull it to release the lock. If you stop pulling the bolt, the lock will return to an operational state. Thread sizes, pulling forces and strokes are as shown below. Thread size. x. x l or more 3 x. x l or more x. x l or more Remove the bolt for normal operation. It can cause lock malfunction or faulty release. anually locked state Release ock Pulling force (N).. Rubber cap anually unlocked state Stroke 3 3 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø How to Order CQ With auto switch CDQ With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) F G D Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Foot style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting style (ø to ø) (ø to ø) ounting brackets are shipped together (but not assembled). Cylinder mounting bolts are not included. Order them separately referring to ounting olt for CQ on pages and 1. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQR-D 3 mm mm mm mm mm 3 mm mm mm R D Port thread type Nil TN TF thread Rc NPT G R D Nil Water resistant cylinder R V NR seal (Nitrile rubber) FK seal (Fluororubber) ody option ction D Double acting Cylinder stroke Refer to the standard stroke table on page. Standard (Rod end female thread) Rod end nut Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch ade to Order Refer to page for details. For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages 3 to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Special function lectrical entry Indicator light Wiring (Output) oad voltage uto switch model ead wire length (m) DC C Perpendicular In-line. (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Solid state switch Water resistant (-color indication) Grommet Yes 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire ead wire length symbols:. m Nil (xample) 1 m (xample) 3 m (xample) m Z (xample) Z V V, V V NV PV V N P Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. When D- (V) type with ø to ø is mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. Relay, PC D- Technical data
Series CQ Specifications ction Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure inimum operating pressure 3 Double acting, Single rod ir 1. Pa 1. Pa. Pa mbient and fluid temperature ubrication Not required (Non-lube) Piston speed to mm/s JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod llowable kinetic energy (J) Stroke length tolerance...1... 1.3. +1.mm Standard Stroke,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 3,, Standard stroke,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, Symbol C ade to Order Specifications (For details, refer to page.) Specification/Description Retaining ring, piston rod, rod end nut made of stainless steel Refer to pages to for the specifications of cylinders with an auto switch. inimum auto switch mounting stroke Proper auto switch mounting position (detection at stroke end) and height Operating range Switch mounting bracket: Part no. anufacture of Intermediate Stroke Type Pneumatic Description Part no. Description xample Through-hole (Standard) ounting oth ends tapped style uilt-in magnet Piping Screw-in type TN TF Spacer is installed in the standard stroke body. Refer to How to Order for the standard model no. on page. Dealing with the stroke by the 1 mm interval is available by installing spacer with standard stroke cylinder. x., to Part no.: CQR-D CQR-D with 1 mm width spacer inside. dimension is. mm. x. x. Rc 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 1/ NPT 3/ NPT 3/ G 1/ Rc 1/ G 1/ Rc 1/ G 1/ 1 to 1 to Rc 1/ G 1/ Rc 3/ G 3/ Rc 3/ G 3/ Note) For a ø cylinder without an auto switch, x. is used for -stroke piping dimension. Thus, do not enter a symbol for the port tread type. Note)
Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Theoretical Output 3 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT.3 1 1 1 31 3 1 3 1 1 ounting racket Part No. 3 CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- Operating pressure (Pa). 1 1 3. 3 3 3 1 31 3 Foot (1) Flange Double clevis CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 CQ-D CQ-D Note 1) Order two foot brackets per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows: Foot, Flange/ody mounting bolt, Double clevis/clevis pin, type C retaining ring for axis, ody mounting bolt. (N) ass Without magnet ø ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø ass 1 33 3 3 dditional ass oth ends tapped style CQ 1 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 ale thread Nut Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Included pin, retaining ring, bolt) to R V -D 3 3 1 1 3 1 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 1 1 3 3 1 1 3 31 (g) 1 1 31 (g) 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 Calculation: (xample) CQDR-D Cylinder mass: CQR-D g Option mass: oth ends tapped style g g Double clevis style 1 g g 3 3 33 3 33 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 ounting olt for CQ ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. Cylinder model R CQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D R CQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D R CQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D C.. D 3 ounting bolt size x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size R CQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R CQ V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R CQ3 V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated... 3 1 1 x 3 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 R CQ V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R CQ V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D ounting bolt 1 1. 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x 1 x J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Construction asic style ( ø to ø) asic style ( ø to ø) e!3!1 y! t u q!w o r i Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Rod cover Collar Retaining ring ushing Hexagon socket head cap screw Rod end nut Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket Rod scraper R: NR seal (Nitrile rubber) V: FK seal (Fluororubber) aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Oil-impregnated sintered alloy earing alloy Chromium molybdenum steel Carbon steel R: NR V: FK R: NR V: FK R: NR V: FK R: NR V: FK Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, Phosphate coated ø, ø ø to ø ø to ø, Nichel plated Nichel plated Replacement Parts: Seal Kit 3 R: NR CQR-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS CQ3R-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS Kit no. V: FK CQV-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS CQ3V-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS Note Set of left nos.!!1! Seal kit includes Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. rod scraper cannot be replaced independently. It is press-fitted, so replace it not only with a rod cover and collar, but also with a rod cover assembly and collar assembly. Contact SC separately for how to order them. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g) Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. ounting Caution 1. efore installing a cylinder, thoroughly flush out the piping to prevent dust or cutting chips from entering the cylinder. For the hydraulic cylinder, use the air bleed valve to release the air inside the cylinder.. ccentric loads applied to the piston rod dramatically shorten the service life. Use the piston rod by always applying a load in an axial direction. 3. ake sure not to scratch or gouge the sliding portion of the piston rod, as this could damage the seals and lead to leaks or faulty lock-up Caution ounting. When the cylinder is exposed to dust or sand, or is used in a place where liquid from the piston rod splashes, use the heavy duty scraper (-C) type.. If there is a possibility of liquid splashing on cylinder fittings when using an air cylinder, use insert fittings, self-align fittings, piping, etc. Consider the compatibility of liquid components and piping materials before using.. When selecting seals, generally use NR (nitrile rubber) seals with liquids that do not contain chlorine and sulfur, and use FK (fluoro rubber) seals with liquids that contain chlorine and sulfur. However, depending on the type and the brand of liquid (such as cleaning solvent) that splashes on the cylinder, the operating life of seals may be reduced dramatically. In cases where special additives are used, or where liquid caused trouble with the conventional nitrile or fluoro rubber seals in the past, request an investigation or set up a test period for the use of the seals. xamples of cleaning solvents Shimiron, P-O- (Daido Chemical Industry Co., td.) (NR seals) Noritake Cool, FG-S (Noritake Co., td.) (NR seals) Yushiroken, S-S (Yushiro Chemical Industry Co., td.) (NR seals) Yushiroken, C--T3 (Yushiro Chemical Industry Co., td.) (NR seals) Yushiron Oil, No. 3 (Yushiro Chemical Industry Co., td.) (FK seals) Daphne Cut, Hs-1 (Idemitsu Kosan Co., td.) (FK seals)
Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CDQ With uto Switch ass CDQ ø ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø ass 1 1 3 1 -D 1 1 3 31 33 3 3 3 1 1 33 3 3 1 3 31 3 1 3 3 33 1 1 3 31 3 1 1 33 1 1 1 1 31 3 1 1 3 3 1 33 (g) 1 3 1 1 1 1 1 3 3 33 3 33 1 3 3 1 1 (g) 3 ounting bracket part no. pplicable bore size Q-1 ø to ø Q- ø to ø Q-S ø to ø 1 1 1 ass (g) 1. 1. Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size R CDQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D R CDQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D R CDQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R V to ounting olt for CDQ/With uto Switch ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CDQ is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x 3 pcs... x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x R CDQ V -D -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R CDQ V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R CDQ3 V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D... dditional ass 1 1 oth ends tapped style Foot style (Including mounting bolt) Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) Double clevis style (Included pin, retaining ring, bolt) x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 ale thread Nut Calculation: (xample) CDQDR-D Cylinder mass: CDQR-D Option mass: oth ends tapped style Double clevis style aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 3 g g g 1 g g R CDQ V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D R CDQ V -D -1D -D -D -D -3D -D -D -D -D -D dd each mass of auto switches and mounting brackets when auto switches are mounted. uto Switch ounting racket ass For the auto switch mass, refer to pages 3 to 1. ounting bolt 1 1. 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x 1 x x 1 x 1 J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Construction ø, ø ø ø to ø e!! y!3 tuq!!1 w i r r o Component Parts No. 1 3 Description Cylinder tube Piston Piston rod Rod cover Collar Retaining ring ushing Hexagon socket head cap screw Hexagon socket head cap screw agnet Piston seal Rod seal Tube gasket Rod scraper R: NR seal (Nitrile rubber) V: FK seal (Fluororubber) aterial luminum alloy luminum alloy Stainless steel Carbon steel luminum alloy luminum alloy Carbon tool steel Oil-impregnated sintered alloy earing alloy Chromium molybdenum steel Chromium molybdenum steel R: NR V: FK R: NR V: FK R: NR V: FK R: NR V: FK Note Hard anodized Chromated ø to ø ø to ø, Hard chrome plated ø to ø, nodized ø to ø, nodized Phosphate coated ø, ø ø to ø ø to ø, Nichel plated ø, Nichel plated Replacement Parts: Seal Kit 3 R: NR CQR-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS CQ3R-PS CQR-PS CQR-PS Kit no. V: FK CQV-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS CQ3V-PS CQV-PS CQV-PS Note Set of left nos.!1!!3 Seal kit includes,, Order the seal kit, based on each bore size. rod scraper cannot be replaced independently. It is press-fitted, so replace it not only with a rod cover and collar, but also with a rod cover assembly and collar assembly. Contact SC separately for how to order them. Since the grease kit does not include a grease pack, order it separately. Grease pack part no.: GR-S- ( g)
Dimensions Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø/without uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CQ x ø. through H thread effective depth C x x ø counterbore depth Q. x x. (Port size) øi øt ød K. + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 J CQS Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 3.. x 1. x 1. 1. CQ RQ CQ asic Style U C D H I K Q T to 3. 3 x... 1.1 to.. x 1. 1 1.1 For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Refer to page 3 for the calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes. D- 3 Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø, ø/with uto Switch asic style (Through-hole): CDQ H thread effective depth C. uto switch inimum lead wire bending radius S øt ød U V K x ø. through x x ø counterbore depth. Q + Stroke + Stroke. x x. (Port size) Width across flats 1 For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. Rod nd ale Thread 1 1 1 3.. x 1. x 1. 1. asic Style to to 1. 1.. x. x 1.. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. C D H K 3 Q. 1 S 3. T.1 1.1 U.. V 3 Refer to page 3 for the calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes.
Dimensions ø Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ inimum lead wire bending radius x 1. thread effective depth x ø. through x x ø counterbore depth. (1.) (1) uto switch. (.) (1) ø 3 ø.1 ø 3... + Stroke + Stroke x P ( x x.) (1) (Port size) x 1. Note 1) ( ) : Without an auto switch, mm strokes. to, Without auto switch With auto switch 33 3 3 Width across flats P TN TF Rc 1/ NPT 1/ G 1/. 3. 33. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Refer to page 3 for the calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø, ø oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ asic style (Through-hole): CQ/CDQ O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style O1 x 1. x 1. R inimum lead wire bending radius H thread effective depth C x øn through x x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q uto switch F øi Z øt ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1. 3. 3. x 1. 1 x 1. 3.. asic Style For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch..... 3..... 3.. C 1 D F. H x 1. x 1. I J K 1 1 1 N.. O depth depth P 1/ 1/ Q. T 3 W Z 1 1 Note 1) For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note ) Refer to page 3 for the calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate.
Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Z H Y x ød Y + Stroke T + Stroke Y Special cap bolt G S + Stroke Foot Style to, to, G H 33 3 Without auto switch 3. 3... T 3. 3.. 3... S. 3.. 1. Y With auto switch S 3.. Z 3.... 3. 1. Y 1 1 3. 3. D. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF FV Rod Side Flange Style to, to, Without auto switch..... 3... With auto switch.. 3.. FD.. FT FV F FZ F FZ x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke 1 3. 1 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated J Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG Rod end male thread + Stroke + Stroke FT FV F FZ x øfd Head Side Flange Style to, to, Without auto With auto switch switch...... Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Dimensions except ( are the same as the rod ) side flange style. CQS CQ RQ CQ U Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d Double Clevis Style to, to, Without auto switch..... 3... C.... With auto switch. 3... C.. CD CT CW C CZ N RR Rod end male thread + Stroke C + Stroke + Stroke CW RR CZ.1.3 C +. +. 1 3. 33. x 1. x 1. Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. D- Technical data
Series CQ Dimensions ø3 to ø oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped Style 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 asic style (Through-hole) H thread effective depth C x øn through x x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) Q inimum lead wire bending radius uto switch F øi Z øt ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread 3 1 1.. 3. 3. 3. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1.. 3. 3. Width across flats 1 asic Style For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to pages to. 3 3 to, to, to, W 3. Z 1 Without auto switch 3 3. 3. 3. 3. 3 3 With auto switch 3. 3. 3 C 1 1 D F.. H x 1. x. x. I 3 1 J. K 1 1 N O depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Note) Refer to page 3 for the calculation on the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes. P 1/ 3/ 3/ Q 1 3 T 3 3
Compact Cylinder: Water Resistant Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ + Stroke Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG H Y Special cap bolt FV Z x ød Y Y T + Stroke G S + Stroke Rod end male thread + Stroke + Stroke FT F FZ x øfd Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d FV 3 3 F FZ Foot Style 3 to, to, to, to, to, to,.. x øfd to, to, to, 3 3. 3. 3 3 Y 1. 1 Z 1 1 S. 3. 1 Rod Side Flange Style. FT + Stroke + Stroke Without auto switch With auto switch. 1. 3 Y. 3. 3 S 3. 1 3. 3. 3. Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT FV F FZ 3. 3. 3 3. 3. 3 3 3. 3. 3 1 D G H T 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3.. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated 3 3 Rod end male thread + Stroke C + Stroke + Stroke to, to, to, to, to, to,.. 1 CW Head Side Flange Style 3 to, to, to, Double Clevis Style 3 3. 3. 3 3 3. 3. 3. C 1. 1. RR Without auto switch With auto switch 3 3 3... Without auto switch 1 x 1.. 1 CZ N RR x 1. x 1. 1 3. 3 1. CZ 1.1.3 C 31 +. +. Dimensions except ( are the same as the rod ) side flange style. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Nickel plated With auto switch CD CT CW C C 3 Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder/Series CQ With uto Switch 1 1 Proper uto Switch ounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and ounting Height pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW, CDQ-S/-T (Single acting), CDQK, CDQKW (Non-rotating), CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (xial piping), CDQ (ong stroke), CDQS (nti-lateral load), CDQ (nd lock), CDQR/V (Water resistant) D- D- D-W D- D-V D-V D-WV D-V ø to ø U U CDQ (nd lock, ø, ø) ø to ø D- D- D-W D- D-V D-V D-WV D-V U U CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (ø to ø) D- D- D-H D-H D-F D-J D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT D-F D-3C D-C D-JC D-W D-FWV D-JV D-FV ø to ø U U ø to ø D-PDW ø to ø U
pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQW (Double acting, Double rod) 3 D-3 D- D-FNT D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V.. 1 1 1.... 1.. 1 3. 1. 1. 1. 1. 3. 3 D-W... 1 1..... 1 1...... 1. 1.. 1 1.. 31....... 3. 3...... 1. 1.. D-PDW D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F... 1 1.... 1. 1. pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQ (Double acting, Single rod) 3 uto switch model uto switch model D-3 D- D-FNT D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V.. 1.... 1.. 1 3.... 1 3.. D-W... 1 1. 3.. 3. 1. 1...... 1. 1..... 1....... 1. 1... 3. 3.... 1 3 D-PDW D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F... 1 1.... 1 1.. pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQ-S/-T (Single acting) D-3 D- D-FNT D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V (). 1.. D-W (3)... 3 (.). (.). 3. (1.). (.).. 1.. (.)... () ()... (). (.). (.)... (3). 3 (.). (.) 3... D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F ()... (.). (.).. Proper uto Switch ounting Position uto switch model ( ): For the spring extend type Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting. 1 Compact Cylinder Series CQ J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQKW 3 D-PDW. 1 1.. D-3 D- D-W.. 1... 1. 1... 1. 1. 1... 1 1.. 1...... 1. 1 1....... 1 1 D-FNT 1 1 1 1 3. 1.. 1 1. 1. 1. 1.. 1 1. 1.... 3. pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQP (xial piping) 3 D-PDW.. 1... D-3 D- D-W.... 1. 3. 3. 3.. 1...... 1. 1..... 1... 1 1.... 1 1..... 1 1. 3.. 3. 1. 1. D-FNT. 1.. 1 3.... 1 3...... 1 1...... 1 pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQK (Non-rotating) 3 D-3 D- D-FNT.... 1 1 1 1 3. 1.. 1... 1 D-W 1... 3.. 3... 1. 1. 1...... 1 1. 1..... 1.. 1. 3. 3.... D-PDW 1...... 1 Compact Cylinder/Series CQ With uto Switch Proper uto Switch ounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and ounting Height Proper uto Switch ounting Position uto switch model uto switch model uto switch model D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F D- D-V Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.
Compact Cylinder Series CQ pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQP-S/-T (xial piping, Single acting) uto switch model D- D-V (3).... 3 (). (.) 3. 3. ( ): For the spring extend type D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V ().... (). (.).... (.).. D-3 D-. () ()... D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F ()... (.). (.).. (). 1.. D-FNT (1.). (.).. 1 (3)... D-W 3 (.). (.). 3. pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQ (ong stroke) uto switch model 3 pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQS (nti-lateral load) uto switch model 3 D- D-V.. 1. 1. D- D-V 1. 1 1.. 3... 3.. 3 1. 1. 3. D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V.. 1.. 1 1. 1 1...... 3. 1 D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V 1.. 33.... 1. 1 1. 1. 1.. D-3 D- D-3 D- 1. 3.. 31. 3. 1.. D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F.. 1 1. 1. 1 1. 3. D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV D-FV/F.. 1. 31 1 1.. 1. 1. D-FNT D-FNT 3. 31 3 3. 1. 1.. 3.. 1.. 1 D-W D-W 1 1 1. 3 3... 1 1. D-PDW.. 1. D-PDW.. 1.. 1. 1.. 3. 1.. J CQS CQ RQ CQ U Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting. D- Technical data 3
Compact Cylinder/Series CQ With uto Switch 3 1 Proper uto Switch ounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and ounting Height uto Switch ounting Height pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQ (nd lock) uto switch model (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) 3 (Head end lock) 3 (Rod end lock) (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) (Head end lock) (Rod end lock) 3 1.... (1.). (.) 1 () 1 (.) D- D- 3...... (.) 1 (31.) 1. (1.) (3) D-H/H D-3C/C D-F/J/JW D-FV/JC D-FW/FWV D-F/FV D-FF. 3.... 1 () () 1. (.) 1. () 3... () 1. () (). (3.). 33.. 3.. 3 3 (1) () 1. (3.). () D-W () 31. (3) () (3) 3 1... 1. (.). (.) () (.) D- D-V 3 (3) 3 () 3 (3). () 3. 3 3 3..... (.) 1 (.). (.) 3 (3) D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V (1) 3. (3) () 3 (3) 3... 1. (.). (.) () (.) 3 (3) () 1 (3). (1) 1...... (.) (3.). (.) (1) 3 3.. 1.. (1.). (.) 1 () (.) D-PDW Note) Dimensions in parentheses for ø and ø are for, and strokes, and dimensions in parentheses for ø and ø are for and strokes. 3 1. 1. 3. 3 (). () () 1. (3.).. 1. 3.. (.) 1 (.). (.) (3) pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQR/V (Water resistant) uto switch model 3 D- D-V 1. 1.... 1.. 1 D-F D-FV 1 1. 1.... 1 1 1. 1.. Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting.
Compact Cylinder Series CQ pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQ, CDQW, CDQ-S/-T (Single acting), CDQK, CDQKW (Non-rotating), CDQ (ong stroke), CDQS (nti-lateral load), CDQR/V (Water resistant) uto switch model 3 D-V U. 3.... 3. D-V D-WV D-V U. 3.... 3. D- D- U 1.... 31. 3 1... D-H H D-F D-J D-FW D-JW D-F D-FF D-FNT U. 3.... 3... D-3C D-C U.. 31. 3. 3.... D-FV D-FWV D-FV pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (xial piping) 3 D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V U. 3.... 3... D- D- U 1.... 31. 3 1... D-H D-H D-F D-J D-FW D-JW D-F D-FF D-FNT U. 3.... 3... D-3C D-C U.. 31. 3. 3.... D-FV D-FWV D-FV U 3 31 3 3.. 1 1 1 U 3 31 3 3.. 1 1 1 D-JC U 31 3 3 1.. D-JC U 31 3 3 1.. D-W U 3 3. 3. U 3 3. 3. D-W D-PDW xcept for a bore size over ø of D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types, the values above are measured when the conventional switch installation groove is attached without using the auto switch mounting bracket Q-. The auto switch mounting height when Q- is used is the same as CDQP (axial piping) shown below. The applicable auto switches for CDQR/V (water resistant) are D-(V) and F(V). uto switch model U... D-PDW U... J CQS CQ RQ CQ U pplicable Cylinder Series: CDQ (nd lock) uto switch model 3 D- D- U 31. 3 1... D-H D-H/JW D-F/F D-J/FF D-FW/FNT U. 3... D-3C D-C U 3.... D-FV D-FWV D-FV U 3 3.. 1 1 1 D-JC D-W D-V U 3 1.. U 3 3. 3. U... 3. D-V D-WV D-V U... 3. D-PDW U... D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder/Series CQ With uto Switch 1 Proper uto Switch ounting Position (Detection at stroke end) and ounting Height pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW (arge bore size) D- D- D-W D- D-V D-V D-WV D-V U U D- D- D-H D-H D-F D-J D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT D-F D-3C D-C D-JC D-W D-FWV D-FV D-FV U D-Z D-Z D-Y D-YP D-YW D-Y D-Y D-YPV D-YWV U Proper uto Switch ounting Position uto switch model 1 D- D-V 3. 3. D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V 3 3 3.. D-3 D-.. 3. D-/H/H D-3C/C D-F/FV D-FF/FW D-FWV/J D-JW/JC D-F D-FV 33 33 3 D-W 3 D-FNT 3 3 D-Z/Z D-Y/Y D-YP/YPV D-YW/YWV D-Y 33 3. Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting. uto Switch ounting Height uto switch model 1 D- D- D-W D- U..... D-V D-WV D-V U 1 D-V D-Y D-YPV D-YWV U 1 D- D- U D-H D-H D-F/J D-FW D-JW D-F D-FF D-FNT U 1 D-3C D-C U D-FV D-FWV D-FV U 3. 1. 1. D-JC U. 3. 3. D-W U...
Compact Cylinder Series CQ inimum uto Switch ounting Stroke pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW, CDQ-S/-T (Single acting), CDQK, CDQKW (Non-rotating), CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (xial piping), CDQ (ong stroke), CDQS (nti-lateral load), CDQ (nd lock), CDQR/V (Water resistant) No. of auto switch mounted 1 pc. pcs. D-V D-FV D-JC D-V D- D- D-3C D-C D- The applicable auto switches for CDQR/V (water resistant) are D-(V) and D-F(V). D-WV D-V D-FWV D-FV 1 D- D-W D- D-H D-H D-F D-J 1 1 D-W 1 D-FW D-JW D-F D-FF D-FNT D-PDW 1 1 pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW (arge bore size) No. of auto switch mounted 1 pc. pcs. D- D-V D-F/FV D-J/JC D-Y/Y D-YP/YPV D- D-V D-/ D-3C/C D-H/Z D-Z/H D-W D-WV D- D-V D-FW/FWV 1 D-JW D-F/FV D-FNT/FF D-FW/YWV D-Y D-W 1 3 Operating Range pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW, CDQ-S/-T (Single acting), CDQK, CDQKW (Non-rotating), CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (xial piping), CDQ (ong stroke), CDQS (nti-lateral load), CDQ (nd lock), CDQ, CDQW (arge bore size), CDQR/V (Water resistant) uto switch model D-(V) D-(V) D-W(V) D-(V) D-(H)(C) D-(H)(C) D-W D-Z D-Z D-F(V) D-J(C) D-FW(V) D-F(V) D-FNT D-FF D-Y D-Y D-YP(V) D-YW(V) D-Y D-PDW... (.) 3. (.). (.) (.) 3 1 Since the operating range is provided as a guideline including hysteresis, it cannot be guaranteed (assuming approximately dispersion). It may vary substantially depending on an ambient environment. xcept for a bore size over ø of D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types, the values above are measured when the conventional switch installation groove is attached without using the auto switch mounting bracket Q-. The values in parentheses for a bore size over ø of D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) types indicate the operating range of the CDQP and CDQP- S/-T series when the auto switch mounting bracket Q- is used. The values in [ ] for ø and ø of D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/(V) Types are applicable for Series CDQ (end lock). The applicable auto switches for CDQR/V (water resistant) are D-(V) and F(V).. (.) (). (). (.) () (). (.). ()..... 1 1 1 1 1 1 1.......... J CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Compact Cylinder/Series CQ With uto Switch uto Switch ounting racket: Part No. pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW, CDQ-S/-T (Single acting), CDQK, CDQKW (Non-rotating), CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (xial piping), CDQ (ong stroke), CDQS (nti-lateral load), CDQ (nd lock), CDQR/V (Water resistant) uto switch mounting surface ø, ø, ø, ø ø, ø, ø ø3, ø, ø Port side Port side C C uto switch model uto switch mounting surface uto switch mounting rail only Port side uto switch mounting surface uto switch mounting surface,, C Port,,, C D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D-V q Q-1 w Q- Two kinds of auto switch bracket are used as a set. q w Set screw (Not used) uto switch mounting brackets are not required. q Q- w Q- Two kinds of auto switch bracket are used as a set. Set screw (Not used) q w uto switch mounting brackets are not required. (3) Note 1) When a compact auto switch is mounted on the three sides (, and C above) other than the port side of CDQ to, auto switch mounting brackets shown above are required. Order them separately from cylinders. (The above is also applicable when a compact auto switch is mounted using an auto switch mounting rail, but not using a compact auto switch installation groove for CDQ3 to.) Order example CDQ-D-W 1 Q- pcs. Q- pcs. Note ) When shipping cylinders, auto switch mounting brackets and auto switches are shipped together. Note 3) e sure to use Q- or Q- when mounting ø3, ø or ø of the CDQP series. uto switch model D-/ D-3C/C D-H/H D-W D-F/J D-FV D-JC D-FW/JW D-FWV D-F/FV D-FF/FNT D-PDW ø to ø Q-1 ø ø to ø Q- QP1- Note ) When shipping cylinders, auto switch mounting brackets and auto switches are shipped together. However, when ø to ø of D-PDW type are mounted, the auto switch is assembled at the time of shipment. [ounting screw set made of stainless steel] The following set of mounting screws made of stainless steel is available. Use it in accordance with the operating environment. (Please order Q- separately, since auto switch spacers (for Q-) are not included.) : For D-//F/J types The above stainless steel screws are used when a cylinder is shipped with D-F, FV-type auto switches. When only an auto switch is shipped independently, is attached. Note ) Refer to page 1 for the details of. Note ) When D-(V) is mounted on a port side other than ø, ø or ø, order auto switch mounting brackets Q-S, Q- or the stainless steel screw set separately. uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part No. Q-1 Q- Q- QP1- pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ass (g) 1. 1.
Compact Cylinder Series CQ pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW (arge bore size) uto switch model D-/V D-/V D-W/WV D-/V D-/ D-3C/C D-H/H D-W D-F/J D-FV D-JC D-FW/JW D-FWV D-F/FV D-FF/FNT ounting bracket part no. Q- G- ø ø1 ø ø ø pplicable cylinder size ø to ø ø to ø G- uto Switch ounting racket ass Q- ass (g) 1. 3 G- The above figure shows how to mount D-(V)/(V)/W(V)/ (V) types on CDQ or CDQW (large bore size). J esides the models listed in How to Order, the following auto switches are applicable. Refer to pages 3 to 1 for details. pplicable cylinder series: CDQ, CDQW, CDQ-S/-T (Single acting), CDQK, CDQKW (Non-rotating), CDQP, CDQP-S/-T (xial piping), CDQ (ong stroke), CDQS (nti-lateral load), CDQ (nd lock), CDQ, CDQW (arge bore size), CDQR/V (Water resistant) uto switch type Reed Solid state D-3 D- Part no. D-3H, H D-H D-Z3, Z D-Z D-FNV, FPV, FV D-FNWV, FWV D-FV D-F, FP, J D-FW, FPW, JW D-F D-FNT D-Y, Y, YPV D-YNWV, YPWV, YWV D-Y, Y, YP D-YNW, YPW, YW D-Y D-PDW lectrical entry Grommet (Perpendicular) Grommet (In-line) Features For solid state auto switches, auto switches with a pre-wired connector are also available. Refer to pages 1 and 1 for details. Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-FG/FH/YG/YH types) are also available. Refer to pages and for details. The applicable auto switch for CDQR/V (water resistant) is D-F(V). Without indicator light Without indicator light Without indicator light Grommet (Perpendicular) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet (In-line) Water resistant (-color indication) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) With timer Grommet (Perpendicular) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet (In-line) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Water resistant (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø CQS CQ RQ CQ U D- Technical data
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø How to Order CQY D C With auto switch CDQY D C W F G D With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ounting style Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped Foot style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting brackets are not mounted and are supplied loose at the time of shipment. 3 uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQY-D mm mm mm 3 mm mm Thread type Nil TN TF Rc NPT G mm Cylinder stroke Refer to "Standard Stroke" on next page. ction D Double acting Cushion C Rubber bumper ody option Nil Standard (Rod end female thread) Number of auto switches Nil pcs. S 1 pc. n n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below. pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Reed switch Solid state switch Special function Diagnostic indication (-color) With diagnostic output (-color) agnetic field resistant (-color) Diagnostic indication (-color) lectrical entry Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Grommet No Yes No Yes 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (quiv. NPN) -wire V V ead wire length symbols:. m Nil (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW Indicator light Yes Yes m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN oad voltage Wiring (Output) DC C V, V V V, V V V, V V V V, V V V, V : anufactured upon receipt of order. D-PDW is available for ø to ø. Only D-PDW is assembled at the time of shipment. In addition to the models in the above table, there are some other auto switches that are applicable. For more information, refer to page. Refer to pages 1 and 1 for details of auto switches with a pre-wired connector. For D-P3DW, refer to pages -1 and -. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page for details. uto switches are not mounted and are supplied loose at the time of shipment. V V V or less V or less uto switch model Perpendicular NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV V 3V V 3C C W In-line N P NW PW W FF P3DW PDW H 3. (Nil) ead wire (m) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY Specifications Type Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure mbient and fluid temperature Cushion Rod end thread Stroke length tolerance ounting Operating piston speed range llowable leakage rate 3 Pneumatic (Non-lube) ir 1. Pa. Pa Without auto switch to C (with no freezing) With auto switch to C (with no freezing) Rubber bumper (Standard) Female thread +1. mm Note) Through-hole to mm/s. l/min (NR) or less Note) Stroke length tolerance does not include the amount of bumper change. JIS Symbol inimum Operating Pressure inimum operating pressure Unit: Pa 3..1 Standard Stroke Replacement Parts: Seal Kit,, 3,, Theoretical Output Standard stroke,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, 3 Kit no. CQY-PS CQY-PS CQY-PS CQY3-PS CQY-PS CQY-PS Contents Piston seal 1 pc. Rod seal 1 pc. Gasket 1 pc. Grease pack ( g) 1 pc. When only grease for maintenance is necessary, please order by the following part numbers. Grease pack part no.: GR-- ( g) GR-- ( g) GR--1 (1 g) 3 Operating direction IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT IN OUT Intermediate Stroke Operating pressure (Pa).3.. 1 31 3 1 3 1 1 3 OUT 1 3 3 IN 3 3 1 1 31 31 3 Unit: N R R RC CY C Q ethod odel no. Standard stroke ethod Installation of spacer on standard stroke body. Refer to page for standard model no. Intermediate strokes at 1 mm intervals are available by using spacers with standard stroke cylinders. to 1 to RHC RZQ xample Part no.: CQY-DC CQY-DC with 1 mm width spacer inside. dimension is. mm. Calculation:ø, dimension. mm (without switch). ( dimension) + (st) =. D-
Series CQY ounting olt ounting method: ounting bolt for through-hole mounting style of CQY is available as an option. Ordering: dd the word olt in front of the bolts to be used. xample) olt 3 x pcs. ounting bolt ounting olt for CQY without uto Switch Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CQY- DC - DC - 1DC - DC - DC x x x x x - DC x - 3DC x - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQY- DC - DC - 1DC - DC - DC x x x x x x x x x x - DC x. - 3DC x - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQY- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC. 1 1 x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CQY3- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQY- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC CQY- DC - 1DC - DC - DC - DC - 3DC - DC - DC - DC - DC -DC. 1 1. 1 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x 1 x x 1 x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface material: Nickel plated
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY ounting olt for CDQY with uto Switch (uilt-in agnet) Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CDQY- - - 1 - - x x x x x - x - 3 x - - - - - CDQY- - - 1 - - x x x x x x x x x x - x. - 3 x - - - - - CDQY- - 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -. 1 1 x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x x 1 Cylinder model C D ounting bolt size CDQY3- - 1 - - - - 3 - - - - - CDQY- - 1 - - - - 3 - - - - - CDQY- - 1 - - - - 3 - - - - -. 1 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1 x x x x x x x x x 1 x x x x x x x x x x 1 x x 1 x x x x x x x 1 x x x x 1 x 1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel Surface material: Nickel plated R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQY ø to ø Through-hole: CQY/CDQY (Types with auto switch and without auto switch only differ in the and dimensions. Please refer to the table below.) oth ends tapped style: CQY/CDQY O1 thread CDQY R R oth nds Tapped O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc,NPT,G) (Port size) Q uto switch ead wire min. bending radius F øi Z ød K W J Width across flats 1 + Stroke + Stroke Rod nd ale Thread 1.. x 1. 3... 33. x 1. 1 x 1. 3.. to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch.. 33 3.... 3.... 3.. C D F H I J K N O P Q 1.. x 1. x 1. x 1.. 1 3... depth depth depth 1/ 1/ 1/.. W. 1 Z 1
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY Foot style: CQY/CDQY Z F FZ H Y x ød Special cap bolt FV x øfd + Stroke + Stroke CT FT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke Y + Stroke T + Stroke FT + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt RR FV øcd hole H xis d Special cap bolt Y G S + Stroke Rod side flange style: CQYF/CDQYF Head side flange style: CQYG/CDQYG Special cap bolt F FZ Double clevis style: CQYD/CDQYD CZ.1.3 C +. +. x øfd Foot Style to, to, to, to, to, to,.. 3. 3... G Rod Side Flange Style to, to, to,.... 33 3 3.... H 33 3 33 3 3.... 1 3. 33. 1.. T 3. 3. 3... to, to, to, 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3 Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Head Side Flange Style to, to, to, Dimensions and except, rod side are flange the style. same as ( ) Double Clevis Style to, to, to, Without auto switch S With auto switch S. 3.. 3.. 3.. Y... 33.. Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT Z 1 FV Without auto switch With auto switch....... 33.. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Without auto switch C.... 33 3 3........ CW C 1 1 1... F 3. 3. 3. Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated CZ With auto switch C.. to, to, to, 1 1 3 3.. 33. x 1. x 1. x 1. Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page 1. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. 3.... N CD FZ CT RR D.. 1 R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQY ø3 to ø Through-hole: CQY/CDQY (Types with auto switch and without auto switch only differ in the and dimensions. Please refer to the table below.) oth ends tapped style: CQY/CDQY O1 thread R R oth nds Tapped 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 H thread effective depth C x øn through x øo counterbore x P (Rc,NPT,G) (Port size) Q uto switch ead wire min. bending radius F øi Z ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1 3 33. 1 x 1.. 1.. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. 3. 3. 3 Without auto switch With auto switch to, to 3. 3., 3. 3. 3. 3. to 3, 3 3 C 1 1 D F.. H x 1. x. x. I 3 1 J. K 1 N O depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. P 1/ 3/ 3/ Q 1 3 W 3. Z 1
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY Foot style: CQY/CDQY Z F FZ H Y x ød Special cap bolt FV + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x øfd FT + Stroke FT FV øcd hole H xis d RR Y T + Stroke Y F FZ CZ.1.3 + Stroke Special cap bolt G S + Stroke Rod side flange style: CQYF/CDQYF + Stroke Head side flange style: CQYG/CDQYG Double clevis style: CQYD/CDQYD Special cap bolt C +. +. x øfd Foot Style 3 3 to, to, to, to, to, to, Without auto switch S.. 3. 3. 3 3 3. 33. 3 G Rod Side Flange Style 3 3 to, to, to, 3. 3. H 1 3. 3. 3 3 T 3.. 3. to, to, to, 1 3. 3. 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Head Side Flange Style to 3, to, to, Dimensions and except, rod side are flange the style. same as ( ) Double Clevis Style 3 to, to, to, With auto switch S. 3. 3 3. 3 Y 1. 1 Without auto switch With auto switch FD 33. 3 Z 1 1 FT FV Without auto switch With auto switch 3 3 33. 3.. 3.. 3. Flange bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Without auto switch C.. 1 3. 3. 3 3 1. 1. CW C CZ 1. 1. 3 F 3. 3. 3. Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated FZ 1 With auto switch C. 1 3. 3 N 1. 3 to, to, to, 3 33. 3. 3. x 1. x 1. x 1. 1 Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page 1. Double clevis pins and retaining rings are included. CD 1 RR CT 31 D 3 R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQY ass/without uto Switch (g) 1 Cylinder stroke 3 3 3 3 33 3 3 3 3 1 1 3 3 1 3 3 1 1 1 1 3 13 3 333 33 Standard stroke Calculation: (xample) CQYD-DC asic mass: CQY-DC g dditional mass: oth ends tapped style g 3 g Double clevis style g g ass/with uto Switch (uilt-in magnet) (g) 1 Cylinder stroke 3 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 33 3 1 3 3 1 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 333 3 3 dditional ass (g) 3 oth ends tapped style 1 ale thread Nut 1 1 3 3 1 1 Foot style (Including mounting bolt) 3 1 3 Rod side flange style (Including mounting bolt) 33 Head side flange style (Including mounting bolt) 1 3 3 1 Double clevis style (Including pin, retaining ring, bolt) 1 33 1 1
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY uto Switch Proper ounting Position (Detection at Stroke nd) and Its ounting Height ø to ø D- D- D-W D-V D-V D-WV U D- D- D-H D-H D-F D-J D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT D-3C D-C D-JC D-W D-FWV D-FV U ø to ø D-P3DW ø to ø U D-PDW ø to ø uto Switch Proper ounting Position uto switch model 3 1. 1 1.. 3. 1. 1. 3. 1 1. 1 1... uto Switch ounting Height 1.. 33. 1 1. 1. 1... 1.. Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting. uto switch model 3 D- D-V D-V U. 3. D-V D-WV U. 3. D- D-V D-W D-WV D- D- U 31. 3 1... D-3 D- D-H D-H D-F D-J U. 3... U D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV 1. 1. 1 D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT.. 1. 31 D-3C D-C U 3.... D-FNT. 1. 1. 1.. 3 D-FV D-FWV U 3 3.. 1 1 1 D-W.. 1 U 3 1.... 1 1. U 3 3. 3... 1 1 D-JC D-W D-P3DW... 1 D-P3DW U 3. 3... D-PDW.. 1... 1.. D-PDW U... R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQY inimum uto Switch ounting Stroke Number of auto switches D-V D-FV D-JC D-V D- D- D-3C D-C D- D-WV D-FWV D- D-W D-H D-H D-F D-J D-W D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT D-P3DW D-PDW 1 pc. 1 1 1 1 pcs. 1 1 1 1 Operating Range uto switch model D-(V) D-(V) D-W(V) D-(H)(C) D-(H)(C) D-W D-F(V) D-J(C) D-FW(V) D-FNT D-FF D-P3DW 3.. D-PDW... Since this is a guideline including hysteresis, not meant to be guaranteed. (assuming approximately ±% dispersion.) There may be the case it will vary substantially depending on an ambient environment. uto switch mounting brackets Q- are not used for sizes over ø of D- (V)/(V)/W(V) types. The above values indicate the operating range when mounted with the conventional auto switch installation groove......... 1.. 1...
Smooth Cylinder Series CQY uto Switch ounting racket/part No. uto switch mounting surface,, 3,, Port side Port side C C uto switch model Port side uto switch mounting surface uto switch mounting surface,, C Port,,, C side qq- wq- Two types of auto switch mounting bracket are used as a set. D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV No auto switch mounting bracket necessary. q Set screw (not used) w No auto switch mounting bracket necessary. Note 1) For CDQY to, when mounting compact auto switches on one of the three sides other than the port side (above,, C side) in the figure above, a separate auto switch mounting bracket is necessary as shown in the table above, so please order one separately from the cylinder. (The same is true when mounting compact auto switches with the auto switch mounting rail, not using the compact auto switch mounting groove, for CDQY3 to.) xample CDQY-D-W 1 unit Q- pcs. Q- pcs. Note ) When the cylinder is shipped, an auto switch mounting bracket and auto switch are included in the shipment. uto switch model D-/ D-3C/C D-H/H D-W D-F/J D-FV D-JC D-FW/JW D-FWV D-FF/FNT D-P3DW D-PDW to Q- Q3-S QP1- Note) When the cylinder is shipped, an auto switch mounting bracket and auto switch are included in the shipment. However, ø to ø D-PDW are assembled at the time of shipment. uto Switch ounting racket ass ounting bracket part no. Q- Q3-S QP1- pplicable cylinder bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ass (g) 1.. R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQY Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches can be mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to pages to 1. uto switch type odel lectrical entry (Direction) Features Reed Solid state D-3 D- D-3H, H D-H D-FNV, FPV, FV D-FNWV, FWV D-F, FP, J D-FW, FPW, JW D-FNT D-PDW Grommet (Perpendicular) Grommet (In-line) With pre-wired connector is available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1 and 1. Normally closed (NC = b contact), solid state auto switches (D-FG, FH type) are also available. For details, refer to page 1. Without indicator light Without indicator light Grommet (Perpendicular) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Grommet (In-line) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) With timer agnetic field resistant (-color indication) pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø
Smooth Cylinder Specific Product Precautions 1 e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and 3 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Recommended Pneumatic Circuit Refer to the diagrams below when controlling speed with the smooth cylinder. Warning Horizontal operation (Speed control) 1 Dual speed controller Speed is controlled by meter-out circuit. Using concurrently the meter-in circuit can alleviate the stick-slip. ore stable low speed operation can be achieved than meter-in circuit alone. eter-in speed controller eter-in speed controllers can reduce lurching while controlling the speed. The two adjustment needles facilitate adjustment. Vertical operation (Speed control) 1 P W P1 a (c) a (1) Speed is controlled by meter-out circuit. Using concurrently the meter-in circuit can alleviate the stick-slip. () Depending on the size of the load, installing a regulator with check valve at position (b) can reduce lurching during descent and operation delay during ascent. s a guide, when W + Pa>P, adjust P1 to make W + P1a = P. (b) P (1) Speed is controlled by meter-out circuit. Using concurrently the meter-in circuit can alleviate the stick-slip. () Installing a regulator with check valve at position (c) can reduce lurching during descent and operation delay during ascent. s a guide, adjust P to make W + P = Pa. W: oad (N) P: Operating pressure (Pa) P1, P: Reduced pressure (Pa) a: Rod side piston area (mm ) : Head side piston area (mm ) W P R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D- 1
Smooth Cylinder Specific Product Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and 3 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Caution ubricant 1. Operate without lubrication. ubrication may cause malfunction.. Do not use grease not specified by SC. Using grease other than that specified may cause malfunction. Order using the following part numbers when only maintenance grease is needed. Grease Caution ir Source 1. Take measure to prevent pressure fluctuations. Pressure fluctuations may cause malfunction. Volume g g 1 g Part no. GR-- GR-- GR--1 3. Do not wipe off grease from the sliding part of the air cylinder. Wiping grease from the sliding part of the air cylinder forcefully may cause malfunction.
ow Speed Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ ø, ø, ø, ø3, ø, ø How to Order CQ D With auto switch CDQ D W With auto switch (uilt-in magnet) ow speed cylinder Through-hole (Standard) oth ends tapped style Foot style mm mm mm 3 3 mm mm mm F G D ounting style Rod side flange style Head side flange style Double clevis style ounting brackets are shipped together (not assembled). Nil TN TF Port thread type Rc NPT G ø to ø Without auto switch, ø, strokes: thread The symbol is Nil when ordering the thread. ction D Double acting Standard stroke Refer to Standard Stroke on page 1. Number of auto switches Nil S n pcs. 1 pc. n pcs. uto switch Nil Without auto switch For the applicable auto switch model, refer to the table below. Cushion/Rod end thread Nil C Standard (Rod end female thread) With rubber bumper Combination above is possible. uilt-in agnet Cylinder odel If a built-in magnet cylinder without an auto switch is required, there is no need to enter the symbol for the auto switch. (xample) CDQ-D pplicable uto Switch/Refer to pages to 1 for further information on auto switches. Type Reed switch Solid state switch Special function Diagnostic indication (-color indication) With diagnostic output (-color indication) agnetic field resistant (-color indication) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) lectrical entry Grommet Connector Grommet Grommet Connector Grommet Yes Yes No Yes No Yes Wiring (Output) 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire 3-wire (NPN) 3-wire (PNP) -wire -wire -wire (Non-polar) 3-wire (NPN equivalent) -wire ead wire length symbols:. m Nil (xample) NW 1 m (xample) NW 3 m (xample) NW m Z (xample) NWZ None N (xample) JCN V V oad voltage DC V, V V V, V V V, V V Solid state auto switches marked with are produced upon receipt of order. D-PDW is compatible with ø to ø. Only D-PDW is assembled at the time of shipment. Since there are other applicable auto switches than listed, refer to page 1 for details. For details about auto switches with pre-wired connector, refer to pages 1 and 1. For D-P3DW, refer to pages -1 and -. When D-(V)/(V)/W(V) types with ø to ø are mounted on a side other than the port side, order auto switch mounting brackets separately. Refer to page 1 for details. uto switches are shipped together (not assembled). 1 Indicator light C V V V V, V V or less V V, V V or less uto switch model Perpendicular NV PV V JC NWV PWV WV V 3V V 3C C W In-line N P NW PW W FF P3DW PDW H 3 ead wire length (m). (Nil) 1 () 3 () (Z) None (N) Pre-wired connector pplicable load Relay, PC Relay, PC
ow Speed Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Specifications JIS Symbol Double acting, Single rod Type Fluid Proof pressure aximum operating pressure mbient and fluid temperature Rubber bumper Rod end thread Stroke length tolerance ounting Piston speed 3 Pneumatic (Non-lube) Note) Stroke length tolerance does not include the amount of bumper change. ir 1. Pa 1. Pa Without auto switch: to C (No freezing) With auto switch: to C (No freezing) None Female thread +1. mm Note) Through-hole. to mm/s inimum Operating Pressure 3 in. operating pressure (Pa)..1 Standard Stroke,, 3, Standard stroke,, 1,,,, 3,,,,,, 1,,,, 3,,,,, anufacturing of Intermediate stroke Intermediate strokes by the 1 mm interval are available by using spacers with standard stroke cylinders. ut, as for ø to ø with damper, please consult with SC separately. xample) 1 mm width spacer is installed in the standard cylinder CQ-D to make CQ-D. ounting racket Part No. 3 Foot (1) CQ- CQ- CQ- CQ-3 CQ- CQ- Flange CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F CQ-F3 CQ-F CQ-F Double clevis CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D CQ-D3 CQ-D CQ-D Note 1) When ordering foot bracket, order pieces per cylinder. Note ) Parts belonging to each bracket are as follows. Foot or Flange: ody mounting bolts Double clevis: Clevis pin, Type C retaining ring for shaft, ody mounting bolts Note 3) For double clevis style, clevis pin and retaining ring are shipped together. (3) Retaining Ring Installation/Removal Caution 1. For installation and removal, use an appropriate pair of pliers (tool for installing a type C retaining ring).. ven if a proper plier (tool for installing type C retaining ring) is used, it is likely to inflict damage to a human body or peripheral equipment, as a retaining ring may be flown out of the tip of a plier (tool for installing a type C retaining ring). e much careful with the popping of a retaining ring. esides, be certain that a retaining ring is placed firmly into the groove of rod cover before supplying air at the time of installment. Pneumatic Circuit 1. Pressure supplied to cylinder should be set affordably. When the operating pressure is low, low speed operation may not be stable depending on a load condition. esides, the maximum speed may be restricted depending on a pneumatic circuit, or operating pressure. Precautions e sure to read before handling. Refer to front matters and 3 for Safety Instructions and pages 3 to for ctuator and uto Switch Precautions. Caution aintenance 1. Replacement parts/seal kit Order it in accordance with the bore size. 3 Kit no. CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ-PS CQ3-PS Contents Piston seal: Rod seal: Gasket: 1 pc. 1 pc. 1 pc. CQ-PS Grease pack ( g): 1 pc. CQ-PS. Grease pack When maintenance requires only grease, use the following part numbers to order. Grease pack part no.: GR-- ( g) GR-- ( g) GR--1 (1 g) 1 R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQ ø to ø oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ asic style (Through hole type): CQ/CDQ H thread effective depth C øi x øn through x øo counterbore O1 thread inimum lead wire bending radius x P (Rc, NPT, G) (Port size) R Q R uto switch F oth ends tapped O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R Z ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 Rod nd ale Thread 1.... 33. x 1. x 1. 1 x 1. 3. 3.. asic Style For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page 1. to, to, to, 3.. 3.. Without auto switch 3 F. P x. Q. 33. 3..... 1/ 1/ 1/.... With auto switch F P 33 3.... 1/ 1/ 1/ Q.. C 1 D H x 1. x 1. x 1. I J. K 1 3 N. O depth S. U 31. W. Z Note 1) Dimensions for rubber bumper are same as the standard style above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page 1. Note ) Refer to page 1 for calculation of the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes since there is the spacer-installed type.. depth 3. depth 1 1 1 1
ow Speed Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ Z F FZ H Y x ød Y Y G S + Stroke FV + Stroke + Stroke CT + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d RR + Stroke T + Stroke Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG FT FV F FZ Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD pplicable to CZ.1.3 Special cap bolt Head side flange style Double clevis style C +. +. x øfd Foot Style Standard stroke to, to, to, Standard stroke to, to, to, Rod Side Flange Style Standard stroke Standard stroke Head Side Flange Style Standard stroke to, to, to, Double Clevis Style to, to, to, to, to, to, ( ) Dimensions and except, are the same as rod side flange style. Standard stroke to, to, to, Standard stroke to, to, to, Without auto switch.. 3. 3... 3 33. 3... S 1. 3.. 1. G H 33 3 T 3. 3. 3. With auto switch S. 3.. 33 3.. Y 1 3. 1. 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT FV F FZ.. 3.... 33 3.... 33 3..... 1 1 1 3. 3. 3. 3 Without auto switch With auto switch 3...... Without auto switch.... 3 33. 3... C.... CW C 1 1.. 33. With auto switch C For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page 1. Clevis pin and retaining ring are shipped together. CZ 3 3.. 33 3.... 33. Z 1..... CD Y. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated N x 1. x 1. x 1. CT RR Double clevis bracket material: Carbon steel Surface treatment: Painted D.. 1 R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQ ø3 to ø asic style (Through hole type): H thread effective depth C øi x øn through (Port size) O1 thread x øo counterbore x P (Rc, NPT, G) oth ends tapped style: CQ/CDQ inimum lead wire bending radius R Q R uto switch F oth ends tapped 3 O1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R 1 Z ød K W J + Stroke + Stroke Width across flats 1 oth ends tapped 3 1 1.. 33. 3. 3. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1.. 3. 3. asic Style For the auto switch mounting position and its mounting height, refer to page 1. 3 3 U... to, to, to, W 3. Z 1 Without auto switch With auto switch 3. 3. 3 3. 3. 3 3 3. 3. 3 C 1 1 D F.. H x 1. x. x. I 3 1 J. K 1 Note 1) Dimensions for rubber bumper are same as the standard style above. For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page 1. Note ) Refer to the Stroke Table on page 1 for calculation of the longitudinal dimension of the intermediate strokes. N O depth. 1. depth. 1. depth. P 1/ 3/ 3/ Q 1 3 S 3 1. 1.
ow Speed Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Foot style: CQ/CDQ + Stroke Head side flange style: CQG/CDQG H Y Special cap bolt FV Z x ød Y T + Stroke Y G S + Stroke + Stroke + Stroke FT F FZ x øfd Rod side flange style: CQF/CDQF Double clevis style: CQD/CDQD CT x N Cap bolt øcd hole H xis d FV F FZ x øfd FT + Stroke + Stroke + Stroke CW C + Stroke + Stroke RR CZ.1.3 C +. +. Foot Style 3 3 Standard stroke to, to, to, Rod Side Flange Style 3 Standard stroke to, to, to, Standard stroke to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch S S 3. 3.. 3. 3 1 3.. 3. 3. 3 3. Y Z Y 1. 1. 1 1 1. 3. 1 3. 3. 3. D G H T Without auto switch With auto switch FD FT FV F FZ 3 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3. 3 3 3 1 1 3. 3.. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated 1 3. 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Head Side Flange Style 3 Standard stroke to, to, to, Double Clevis Style 3 3 Standard stroke to, to, to, Standard stroke to, to, to, Without auto switch With auto switch 3 3 3... For details about the rod end nut and accessory brackets, refer to page 1. Clevis pin and retaining ring are shipped together. 33. 3. 3. Without auto switch With auto switch C C CD CT CW C.. 3 3. 3. 1. 1. 1 3 1 3. 3. 3 1. 1 31 3 CZ 33. 3. 3. Foot bracket material: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated N x 1. x 1. x 1. RR 1 ( ) Dimensions, and except same as rod are side the flange style. Double clevis bracket material: Cast iron Surface treatment: Painted R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQ ccessory racket For I-G, I-Z1 I-G, I-G3 Single Knuckle Joint For I-G, I-G I-G, I-G For Y-G, Y-Z1 Y-G, Y-G3 Double Knuckle Joint For Y-G, Y-G Y-G, Y-G ø ø ønd hole H xis d ønd hole H xis d I-G I-G I-G I-G aterial: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Part no. pplicable bore size,, 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 ø ø ø3 ø aterial: Cast iron Surface material: Nickel plated x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. R R1 1 U1 31 NDH 1 +. +. +. +. N 1.3..3..3..3. aterial: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated Part no. Y-G Y-G Y-G Y-G pplicable bore size,, 3 1 1 3 1 ø ø ø3 ø x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. Knuckle pin and retaining ring are included. aterial: Cast iron Surface material: Nickel plated pplicable R R1 U1 ND H N NZ pin part no. +. +. 1+.3 3 1. IY-G +. +. +.3. IY-G +. +. 1 1 +.3 IY-G +. +. 31 +.3 IY-G Knuckle Pin (Common with double clevis pin) Rod nd Nut ø ø l Part no. IY-G IY-G IY-G IY-G pplicable bore size,, 3 Dd 1....3..3.. Type C retaining rings for axis are included. 1.. d.. 1 1 l 3.... m 1.... aterial: Carbon steel t 1.1 1.1 1.3 1.3 pplicable retaining ring Type C for axis Type C for axis Type C 1 for axis Type C for axis Part no. NT- NT- NT- NT- pplicable bore size,, 3 d x 1. 1 x 1. x 1. x 1. aterial: Carbon steel Surface material: Nickel plated H 1 C. 31. 3..3 1
ow Speed Cylinder: Standard Type Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Simple Joint: ø to ø Type ounting racket U T1 x ød T V W F Joint Joint and ounting racket (Type, Type ) Part No. Y 3 Y Y YU Type mounting bracket Type mounting bracket Joint llowable ccentricity ccentricity tolerance acklash pplicable air cylinder bore 3 For ø, ø For ø, ø3 For ø For ø ø ø ø ø3 ø ø ±1 ±1. ± Joint and ounting racket (Type, Type ) Part No.,, 3 Part no. YU-3 YU- YU- YU- ounting bracket <Ordering> Joints are not included with the or type mounting brackets. Order them separately. (xample) ø Part no. Type mounting bracket part no. Y-3 Joint YU-3 Joint part no. ød1 YU-3 YU- YU- YU- pplicable bor size,, 3 UT K (Width across flats ø). pplicable mounting bracket Type mounting bracket Type mounting bracket U Y-3 Y- Y- Y- Y-3 Y- Y- Y- aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel (Nickel plated) U C d1 d H K UT Weight (g) 1 1 C 1. 1... H (With locking) ød 1 3 x 1. x 1. x x. Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y- Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y- V T,,3,,3 T1 aterial: Chromium molybdenum steel (Nickel plated) 1 31 U Joint D. V 1 3 W 3 Type ounting racket Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y- Part no. Y-3 Y- Y- Y-,, 3,, 3 1 T1.... D F Weight (g) 1 3 x ød through x øo counterbore 3 T 1 J 1 3 V 1 3 J T1.... RS T 1 W aterial: Stainless steel W øo. depth.. depth. 1 depth 1 depth RS 1 Weight (g) R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D-
Series CQ uto Switch Proper ounting Position (Detection at Stroke nd) and Its ounting Height ø to ø D- D- D-W D-V D-V D-WV U D- D- D-H D-H D-F D-J D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT D-3C D-C D-JC D-W D-FWV D-FV ø to ø U D-P3DW ø to ø U D-PDW ø to ø uto Switch Proper ounting Position uto switch model 3 uto Switch ounting Height uto switch model 3 D- D-V. 1. D-V U. 3.... 1 3 D- D-V D-W D-WV. 1. D-V D-WV U. 3... 1. D- D- U 31. 3 1..... 1 D-3 D-... 1 D-H D-H D-F/D-J D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT U. 3... D-/H/H D-3C/C/F D-FF/J/FV D-JC/FW D-JW/FWV... 1 1. Note) djust the auto switch after confirming the operating conditions in the actual setting. 1 U. 1 1.. D-3C D-C U 3.... D-FNT. 1.. 1. D-FV D-FWV D-JC D-W U 3 3.. 1 1 1. 1.. U 3 1.. D-W... 1. 3.. 1. U 3 3. 3. D-P3DW...... 1. D-P3DW U 3. 3... D-PDW.. 1 D-PDW U...... 1
ow Speed Cylinder Standard: Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ inimum uto Switch ounting Stroke No. of auto switches mounted 1 pc. pcs. D-V D-FV D-JC D-V D- D- D-3C D-C D- D-WV D-FWV 1 D- D-W D-H D-H D-F D-J 1 1 D-W 1 D-FW D-JW D-FF D-FNT D-P3DW 1 1 D-PPW 1 1 Operating Range uto switch model D- (V) D- (V) D-W (V). 3......... D- (H) (C) D- (H) (C) D-W D-F (V) 1 1 D-J (C) D-FW (V).. D-FNT D-FF D-P3DW..... D-PDW. Since this is a guideline including hysteresis, not meant to be guaranteed. (assuming approximately ±% dispersion.) There may be the case it will vary substantially depending on an ambient environment. uto switch mounting brackets Q- are not used for sizes over ø of D- (V)/(V)/W(V) types. The above values indicate the operating range when mounted with the conventional auto switch installation groove. R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D- 1
Series CQ uto Switch ounting racket/part No. uto switch mounting surface ø, ø, ø ø3, ø, ø Port side Port side C C uto switch model Port side uto switch mounting surface uto switch mounting surface,, C side Port,,, C side qq- wq- Two types of auto switch mounting bracket are used as a set. D- D-V D- D-V D-W D-WV No auto switch mounting bracket necessary. q Set screw (not used) w No auto switch mounting bracket necessary. Note 1) For CDQ to, when a compact auto switch is mounted on the three sides (, and C above) other than the port side of bore sizes ø to ø, the auto switch mounting brackets above are required. Order them separately from cylinders. (It is the same as when mounting compact cylinders with an auto switch mounting rail, but not with a compact auto switch installation groove for CDQ3 to.) xample CDQ-D-W 1 unit Q- pcs. Q- pcs. Note ) When the cylinder is shipped, an auto switch mounting bracket and auto switch are included in the shipment. uto switch model D-/ D-3C/C D-H/H D-W D-F/J D-FV D-JC D-FW/JW D-FWV D-FF/FNT ø ø to ø Q- D-P3DW Q3-S D-PDW QP1- uto Switch ounting racket ass uto switch mounting bracket part no. Q- Q3-S QP1- pplicable cylinder bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø ass (g) 1.. Note) When the cylinder is shipped, an auto switch mounting bracket and auto switch are included in the shipment. However, ø to ø D-PDW are assembled at the time of shipment. 1
ow Speed Cylinder Standard: Double cting, Single Rod Series CQ Other than the applicable auto switches listed in How to Order, the following auto switches can be mounted. For detailed specifications, refer to pages to 1. uto switch type odel lectrical entry (Direction) Features Reed Solid state D-3 D- D-3H, H D-H D-FNV, FPV, FV D-FNWV, FWV D-F, FP, J D-FW, FPW, JW D-FNT D-PDW Grommet (Perpendicular) Grommet (in-line) Grommet (Perpendicular) Grommet (in-line) With pre-wired connector is available for solid state auto switches. For details, refer to pages 1 to 1. Normally closed (NC = b contact) solid state auto switches (D-FG/FH/YG/YH types) are also available. Refer to pages 1 and 1 for details. Without indicator light Without indicator light Diagnostic indication (-color indication) Diagnostic indication (-color indication) With timer agnetic field resistant (-color indication) pplicable bore size ø to ø ø to ø ø to ø R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D- 1
lbow/universal Type Related Products: Speed Controller for ow Speed Operation The effective area of controlled flow is approximately 1/ of the standard type. These controllers are suitable for controlling the speed of microspeed cylinders. The dual type speed controller is especially suitable for cylinders with a small bore size. ir Flow/ffective rea Tubing O.D. Controlled flow Free flow odel etric size Inch size ir flow (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) Flow rate (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) S1F- S1F- ø3., ø, ø ø1/", ø/", ø3/" ø1/".1 1. Note) Supply pressure:. Pa, Temperature: C S1F-1 S31F-1 ø3., ø ø3/", ø1/" ø1/", ø/" ø/".. ø, ø 3. S1F- S31F- ø ø/" ø ø3/" 3. ø, ø ø1/", ø/" ø3/" In-line Type ir Flow/ffective rea Tubing O.D. Controlled flow Free flow odel etric size Inch size ir flow (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) Flow rate (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) S1F ø3., ø, ø ø1/", ø/", ø3/" ø1/".1 1. Note) Supply pressure:. Pa, Temperature: C S1F ø ø ø/" ø3/", ø1/". 3. S1F ø ø ø3/" ø1/", ø/" 3.. lbow Type (etal body) Dual Type ir Flow/ffective rea Port size Controlled flow Free flow odel Cylinder side Tube side ir flow (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) Flow rate (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) S.1 1. Note) Supply pressure:. Pa, Temperature: C ir Flow/ffective rea Tubing O.D. Controlled flow (Free flow) odel etric size Inch size ir flow (l/min (NR)) ffective area (mm ) Note) Supply pressure:. Pa, Temperature: C S-1..3 S- x. - UNF R 1/ R 1/ NPT 1/ Rc 1/ Rc 1/ NPT 1/ 3 SDF- SD3F-1 SDF- ø, ø ø1/", ø/" ø3/", ø1/".1 ø, ø 3. ø ø3/", ø1/" ø, ø.. ø1/", ø/" ø3/". R R RC CY C Q RHC RZQ D- 1